PUBLIC LAW 94-572, 90 STAT. 2708

94TH CONGRESS, H.R. 10192 OCTOBER 21, 1976
AN ACT To amend title 14, United States Code, to provide for the nondiscriminatory appointment of cadets to the United States Coast Guard Academy.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That subsection (a) of section 182 of title 14, United States Code, is amended by inserting after the second sentence thereof two new sentences as follows: " All such appointments shall be made without regard to the sex, race, color, or religious beliefs of an applicant. In the administration of this chapter, the Secretary shall take such action as may be necessary and appropriate to insure that female individuals shall be eligible for appointment and admission to the Coast Guard Academy, and that the relevant standards required for appointment, admission, training, graduation, and commissioning of female individuals shall be the same as those required for male individuals, except for those minimum essential adjustments in such standards required because of physiological differences between male and female individuals.".

Sec. 2. (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 4132 of the Revised Statutes of the United States, as amended (46 U.S.C. 11), or any other provision of law, the Secretary of the Department in which the Coast Guard is operating (1) shall cause the vessels, Barbara Ann (vessel numbered 529835), presently jointly owned, with right of survivorship, by Keith E. and Barbara Malcolm of Marine City, Michigan, and Bruja Mar (vessel numbered 546133), presently owned by Greenwood Marine, Incorporated, a Louisiana corporation, to be documented as vessels of the United States with the privilege of engaging in the coastwise trade, and (2) shall cause the vessel, Mary M (vessel numbered 230483), presently owned by Charles Hammond, Junior, of Glen Burnie, Maryland, to be documented as a vessel of the United States with the privilege of engaging in the American fisheries, such documentation to be conditional upon compliance with all the requirements for such documentation other than the requirement that the vessel be built in the United States.

(b) The provisions of this section shall remain in effect for the Barbara Ann so long as the vessel continues in its present joint ownership, or in the ownership of the survivor thereof, and for the Bruja Mar so long as the vessel continues in its present ownership.

Approved October 21, 1976.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

HOUSE REPORT No. 94 - 1109 (Comm. on Merchant Marine and Fisheries.).

SENATE REPORT No. 94 - 1186 (Comm. on Commerce).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 122 (1976): May 18, considered and passed House. Sept. 13, considered and passed Senate, amended. Oct. 1, House agreed to Senate amendment with an amendment; Senate agreed to House amendment.

PUBLIC LAW 94-571, 90 STAT. 2703, IMMIGRATION AND NATIONALITY ACT AMENDMENTS OF 1976.

94TH CONGRESS, H.R. 14535 OCTOBER 20, 1976
AN ACT To amend the Immigration and Nationality Act, and for other purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That this Act may be cited as the " Immigration and Nationality Act Amendments of 1976". // 8 USC 1101 note. //

Sec. 2. Section 201 of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S. C. 1151) is amended--,

(1) by striking out subsection (a) and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

" Sec. 201. (a) Exclusive of special immigrants defined in section 101(a) (27), // 8 USC 1101. // and immediate relatives of United States citizens as specified in subsection (b) of this section, (1) the number of aliens born in any foreign state or dependent area located in the Eastern Hemisphere who may be issued immigrant visas or who may otherwise acquire the status of an alien lawfully admitted to the United States for permanent residence, or who may, pursuant to section 203(a) (7), // 8 USC 1153. // enter conditionally, shall not in any of the first three quarters of any fiscal year exceed a total of 45,000 and shall not in any fiscal year exceed a total of 170,000; and (2) the number of aliens born in any foreign state of the Western Hemisphere or in the Canal Zone, or in a dependent area located in the Western Hemisphere, who may be issued immigrant visas or who may otherwise acquire the status of an alien lawfully admitted to the United States for permanent residence, or who may, pursuant to section 203(a) (7), enter conditionally shall not in any of the first three quarters of any fiscal year exceed a total of 32,000 and shall not in any fiscal year exceed a total of 120,000."; and

(2) by striking out subsections (c), (d), and (e).

Sec. 3. Section 202 of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S. C. 1152) is amended--,

(1) by striking out the last proviso in subsection (a);

(2) by striking out subsection (c) and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

"(c) Any immigrant born in a colony or other component or dependent area of a foreign state overseas from the foreign state, other than a special immigrant, as defined in section 101(a) (27), or an immediate relative of a United States citizen, as defined in section 201(b), shall be chargeable for the purpose of the limitations set forth in sections 201(a) and 202(a), to the hemisphere in which such colony or other component or dependent area is located, and to the foreign state, respectively, and the number of immigrant visas available to each such colony or other component or dependent area shall not exceed 600 in any one fiscal year."; and

(3) by inserting at the end thereof the following new subsection:

"(e) Whenever the maximum number of visas or conditional entries have been made available under section 202 // 8 USC 1152. // to natives of any single foreign state as defined in subsection (b) of this section or any dependent area as defined in subsection (c) of this section in any fiscal year, in the next following fiscal year a number of visas and conditional entries, not to exceed 20,000, in the case of a foreign state or 600 in the case of a dependent area, shall be made available and allocated as follows:

"(1) Visas shall first be made available, in a number not to exceed 20 per centum of the number specified in this subsection, to qualified immigrants who are the unmarried sons or daughters of citizens of the United States

"(2) Visas shall next be made available, in a number not to exceed 20 per centum of the number specified in this subsection, plus any visas not required for the classes specified in paragraph (1), to qualified immigrants who are the spouses, unmarried sons, or unmarried daughters of an alien lawfully admitted for permannent residence.

"(3) Visas shall not be made available, in a number not to exceed 10 per centum of the number specified in this subsection, to qualified immigrants who are members of the professions, or who because of their exceptional ability in the sciences or the arts will substantially benefit prospectively the national economy, cultural interests, or welfare of the United States, and whose services in the professions, sciences, or arts are sought by an employer in the United States.

"(4) Visas shall next be made available, in a number not to exceed 10 per centum of the number specified in this subsection, plus any visas not required for the classes specified in paragraphs (1) through (3), to qualified immigrants who are the married sons or the married daughters of citizens of the United States.

"(5) Visas shall next be made available, in a number not to exceed 24 per centum of the number specified in this subsection, plus any visas not required for the classes specified in paragraphs (1) through (4), to qualified immigrants who are the brothers or sisters of citizens of the United States, provided such citizens are at least twenty-one years of age.

"(6) Visas shall next be made available, in a number not to exceed 10 per centum of the number specified in this subsection, to qualified immigrants capable of performing specified skilled or unskilled labor, not of a temporary or seasonal nature, for which a shortage of employable and willing persons exists in the United States.

"(7) Conditional entries shall next be made available by the Attorney General, pursuant to such regulations as he may prescribe, in a number not to exceed 6 per centum of the number specified in this subsection, to aliens who satisfy an Immigration and Naturalization Service officer at an examination in any non-Communist or non-Communist-dominated country, (A) that (i) because of persecution or fear of persecution on account of race, religion, or political opinion they have fled (I) from any Communist or Communist-dominated country or area, or (II) from any country within the general area of the Middle East, and (ii) are unable or unwilling to return to such country or area on account of race, religion, or political opinion, and (iii) are not nationals of the countries or areas in which their application for conditional entry is made; or (B) that they are persons uprooted by catastrophic natural calamity as defined by the President who are unable to return to their usual place of abode. For the purpose of the foregoing the term 'general area of the Middle East' means the area between and including (1) Libya on the west, (2) Turkey on the north, (3) Pakinstan on the east, and (4) Saudi Arabia and Ethiopia on the south: Provided, That immigrant visas in a number not exceeding one-half the number specified in this paragraph may be made available, in lieu of conditional entries of a like number, to such aliens who have been continuously physically present in the United States for a period of at least two years prior to application for adjustment of status.

"(8) Visas so allocated but not required for the classes specified in paragraphs (1) through (7) shall be made available to other qualified immigrants strictly in the chronological order in which they qualify.".

Sec. 4. Section 203 of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S. C. 1153) is amended--,

(1) by striking out "201(a) (ii)" each place it appears in paragraphs (1) through (7) of subsection (a) and inserting in lieu thereof in each such place "201(a) (1) or (2)";

(2) by striking out the period at the end of paragraph (3) of subsection (a) and inserting in lieu thereof a comma and the following: "and whose services in the professions, sciences, or arts are sought by an employer in the United States.";

(3) by striking out the period at the end of paragraph (5) of subsection (a) and inserting in lieu thereof a comma and the following: "provided such citizens are at least twenty-one years of age."; and

(4) by striking out the second sentence of subsection (e) and inserting in lieu thereof the following: " The Secretary of State shall terminate the registration of any alien who fails to apply for an immigrant visa within one year following notification to him of the availability of such visa, but the Secretary shall reinstate the registration of any such alien who establishes within two years following notification of the availability of such visa tht such failure to apply was due to circumstances beyond his control. Upon such termination the approval of any petition approved pursuant to section 204(b)

// 8 USC 1154. //

shall be automatically revoked.".

Sec. 5. Section 212(a) (14) of such Act (8 U.S.C. 1182(a) (14) is amended to read as follows:

"(14) Aliens seeking to enter the United States, for the purpose of performing skilled or unskilled labor, unless the Secretary of Labor has determined and certified to the Secretary of State and the Attorney General that (A) there are not sufficient workers who are able, willing, qualified (or equally qualified in the case of aliens who are members of the teaching profession or who have exceptional ability in the science or the arts), and available at the time of application for a visa and admission to the United States and at the place where the alien is to perform such skilled or unskilled labor, and (B) the employment of such aliens will not adversely affect the wages and working conditions of the workers in the United States similarly employed. The exclusion of aliens under this paragraph shall apply to preference immigrant aliens described in section 203(a) (3) and (6),

// 8 USC 1153. //

and to nonpreference immigrant aliens described in section 203(a) (8);".

Sec. 6. Section 245 of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S. C. 1255) is amended to read as follows:

" Sec. 245. (a) The status of an alien who was inspected and admitted or paroled into the United States may be adjusted by the Attorney General, in his discretion and under such regulations as he may prescribe, to that of an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence if (1) the alien makes an application for such adjustment, (2) the alien is eligible to receive an immigrant visa and is admissible to the United States for permanent residence, and (3) an immigrant visa is immediately available to him at the time his application is filed.

"(b) Upon the approval of an application for adjustment made under subsection (a), the Attorney General shall record the alien's lawful admission for permanent residence as of the date the order of the Attorney General approving the application for the adjustment of status is made, and the Secretary of State shall reduce by one the number of the preference or nonpreference visas authorized to be ussued under sections 202(e) or 203(a) // 8 USC 1153. // within the class to which the alien is chargeable for the fiscal year then current.

"(c) The provisions of this section shall not be applicable to (1) an alien crewman; (2) an alien (other than an immediate relative as defined in section 201(b)) // 8 USC 1151. // who hereafter continues in or accepts unauthorized employment prior to filing an application for adjustment of status; or (3) any alien admitted in transit without visa under section 212(d) (4) (C)."

Sec. 7. (a) Section 101(a) (27) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a) (27)) is amended by striking out subparagraph (A) and by redesignating subparagraphs (B) through (E) as subparagraphs (A) through (D), respectively.

(b) Section 204 of such Act (8 U.S.C. 1154) is amended to add a new subsection (f), to read as follows:

"(f) The provisions of this section shall be applicable to qualified immigrants specified in paragraphs (1) through (6) of section 202(e).".

(c) Section 211(b) of such Act (8 U.S.C. 1181(b)) is amended by striking out "section 101(a) (27) (B)" and inserting in lieu thereof "section 101(a) (27) (A)".

(d) Section 212(a) (24) of such Act (8 U.S.C. 1182(a) (24)) is amended by striking out "101(a) (27) (A) and (B)" and inserting in lieu thereof "101(a) (27) (A) and aliens born in the Western Hemisphere".

(e) Section 241(a) (10) of such Act (8 U.S.C. 1251(a) (10)) is amended by striking out the language in the parentheses and inserting in lieu thereof the following: "other than an alien described in section 101(a) (27) (A) and aliens born in the Western Hemisphere".

(f) Section 244(d) of such Act (8 U.S.C. 1254(d)) is amended by striking out "is entitled to special immigrant classification under section 101(a) (27) (A), or".

(g) Section 21(e) of the Act of October 3, 1965 (Public Law 89-236; 79 Stat. 921), is repealed.

Sec. 8. The Act entitles " An Act to adjust the status of Cuban refugees to that of lawful permanent residents of the United States, and for other purposes", approved November 2, 1966 (8 U.S.C. 1255, note), is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new section:

" Sec. 5. The approval of an application for adjustment of status to that of lawful permanent resident of the United States pursuant to the provisions of section 1 of this Act shall not require the Secretary of State to reduce the number of visas authorized to be issued in any class in the case of any alien who is physically present in the United States on or before the effective date of the Immigration and Nationality Act Amendments of 1976."

Sec. 9. (a) The amendments made by this Act // 8 USC 1153 note. // shall not operate to affect the entitlement to immigrant status or the order of consideration for issuance of an immigrant visa of an alien entitled to a preference status, under section 203(a) of the Immigration and Nationality Act, // 8 USC 1153. // as in effect on the day before the effective date of this Act, on the basis of a petition filed with the Attorney General prior to such effective date.

(b) An alien chargeable to the numerical limitation contained in section 21(e) of the Act of October 3, 1965 (79 Stat. 921), who established a priority date at a consular office on the basis of entitlement to immigrant status under statutory or regulatory provisions in existence on the day before the effective date of this Act shall be deemed to be entitled to immigrant status under section 203(a) (8) of the Immigration and Nationality Act and shall be accorded the priority date previously established by him. Nothing in this section shall be construed to preclude the acquisition by such an alien of a preference status under section 203(a) of the Immigration and Nationality Act, as amended by section 4 of this Act. Any petition filed by, or in behalf of, such an alien to accord him a preference status under section 203(a) shall, upon approval, be deemed to have been filed as of the priority date previously established by such alien. The numerical limitation to which such an alien shall be chargeable shall be determined as provided in sections 201 and 202 of the Immigration and Nationality Act, as amended by this Act.

Sec. 10. The foregoing provisions of this Act, // 8 USC 1101 note. // including the amendments made by such provisions, shall become effective on the first day of the first month which begins more than sixty days after the date of enactment of this Act.

Approved Octover 20, 1976.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

HOUSE REPORT No. 94 - 1553 (Comm. on the Judiciary).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 122 (1976): Sept. 29, considered and passed House. Oct. 1, considered and passed Senate.

WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 12, No. 43: Oct. 21, Presidential statement.

PUBLIC LAW 94-570, 90 STAT. 2701, RURAL ELECTRIFICATION ADMINISTRATION TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS ACT OF 1976.

94TH CONGRESS, H.R. 12207 OCTOBER 20, 1976
AN ACT To amend the Rural Electrification Act of 1936, as amended, to correct unintended inequities in the interest rate criteria for borrowers from the Rural Electrification Administration, and to make other technical amendments.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembles, That this Act may be cited as the " Rural Electrification Administration Technical Amendments Act of 1976". // 7 USC 901 note. //

Sec. 2. Section 301(a) (4) of the Rural Electrification Act of 1936 // 7 USC 931. // as amended, is amended to strike the semicolon at the end thereof, and add the following: "and the unobligated balanced of any funds made available for loans under the item ' Rural Electrification Administration' in the Department of Agriculture and Agriculture-Environmental and Consumer Protection Appropriations Acts;".

Sec. 3. Section 305(b) of the Rural Electrification Act of 1936, // 7 USC 935. // as amended, is amended--,

(1) by striking the workds "meets either of the following conditions";

(2) by striking out all of paragraph (1) thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

"(1) in the case of a telephone borrower, had at the end of the

most recent calendar year ending at least six months before approval of the loan, an average subscriber density of three or fewer per mile; or";

(3) by striking out all of paragraph (2) thereof through and inserting the words "telephone borrowers" and inserting in lieu thereof the following;

"(2) in the case of an electric borrower, had at the end of the most recent calendar year ending at least six months before approval of the loan, an average consumer density of two or fewer per mile or an average adjusted plant revenue ratio of over 9.0, such ratio being a simple average of the ratios obtained by dividing the sum of its distribution plant and general plant by its annual gross revenue less cost of power for that calendar year and the two immediately preceding calendar years. As used in this subsection the sum of distribution plant and general plant shall be the total of the amounts shown in accounts numbered 360 through and including 399 of the uniform system of accounts approved, as of the effective date of this amendment, by the Administrator, for use by Rural Electrification Administration borrowers; gross revenue shall be the amount shown in account numbered 400 of said system of accounts; and the cost of power shall be the total of amounts shown in accounts numbered 500 through and including 573 of said system of accounts as the same is constituted";

(4) by inserting the words "to a telephone or electric borrower" following the words "make a loan" in the proviso to paragraph

(2) thereof.

Sec. 4. This Act shall take effect upon enactment, except that insured loans made pursuant to applications for such loans which would otherwise lose eligibility for special rate financing upon such enactment, // 7 USC 935 note. // received by the Rural Electrification Administration and still pending on the date of enactment of this Act, shall bear interest as determined under section 305(b) of the Rural Electrification Act of 1936 // 7 USC 931. // before its amendment by this Act.

Approved October 20, 1976.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY

HOUSE REPORT No. 94 - 1025 (Comm. on Agriculture).

SENATE REPORT No. 94 - 1314 (Comm. on Agriculture and Forestry).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 122 (1976): May 3, considered and passed House. Sept. 30, considered and passed Senate, amended. Oct. 1, House agreed to Senate amendment.

WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 12, No. 43: Oct. 21, Presidential statement.

PUBLIC LAW 94-569, 90 STAT. 2699.

94TH CONGRESS, H.R. 7228 OCTOBER 20, 1976
AN ACT To amend the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 to permit the authorization of means other than stamp on containers of distilled spirits as evidence of tax payment, to provide an extension of certain provisions relating to members of the Armed Forces missing in action, and for other purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That section 5205 (h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1975 (relating to form of stamps for containers of distilled spirits) is amended by striking out "or other form of stamp" and inserting in lieu thereof "other form of stamp, or other device". // 26 USC 5205. //

Sec. 2. Section 6801(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 // 26 USC 6801. // (relating to authority for establishment, alteration, and distribution of stamps) is amended by striking out the period at the end thereof and inserting in lieu thereof "; except that stamps required by or prescribed pursuant to the provisions of section 5205 or section 5235 // 26 USC 5205, 5235. // may be prepared and distributed by persons authorized by the Secretary, under such controls for the protection of the revenue as shall be deemed necessary.".

Sec. 3. (a) Surviving Spouse.--Section 2(a) (3) (B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 // 26 USC 2. // (relating to the special rule where a deceased spouse was in a missing status) is amended to read as follows:

"(B) the date which is--,

"(i) January 2, 1978, in the case of service in the combat zone designated for purposes of the Vietnam conflict, or

"(ii) 2 years after the date designated under section 112

// 26 USC 112. //

as the date of termination of combatant activities in that zone, in the case of any combat zone other than that referred to in clause (i).".

(b) Certain Pay of Members of the Armed Forces Hospitalized as a Result of the Vietnam Conflict.--The last sentence of section 112(a) of such Code (relating to certain combat pay of enlisted menbers of the Armed Forces) and the last sentence of section 112(b) of such Code (relating to certain combat pay of commissioned officers of the armed forces) are each amended by striking out "beginning more than 2 years after the date of the enactment of this sentence and inserting in lieu thereof "after January 1978".

(c) Income Taxes of Members of Armed Forces on Death in Missing Status.--The second sentence of section 692(b) of such Code // 26 USC 692. // (relating to income taxes of members of the armed forces on death in a missing status) is amended to read as follows: " The preceding sentence shall not cause subsection (a) (1) to apply for any taxable year beginning--,

"(1) after January 2, 1978, in the case of service in the combat zone designated for purposes of the Vietnam conflict, or

"(2) more than 2 years after the date designated under section 112 as the date of termination of combatant activities in that zone, in the case of any combat zone other than that referred to in paragraph (1).".

(d) Joint Return Where Individual Is in Missing Status As A Result of Vietnam Conflict.--The last sentence of section 6013(f) (1) of such Code // 26 USC 6013. // (relating to joint returns where individual is in missing status as a result of the Vietnam conflict) is amended by striking out "more than 2 years after the date of the enactment of this sentence" and inserting in lieu thereof "after January 2, 1978".

(e) Time for Performing Certain Acts Postponed by Reason of Vietnam Conflict.--The second sentence of section 7508(b) of such Code // 26 USC 7508. // (relating to the application to a spouse of provision relating to the time for performing certain acts postponed by reason of war) is amended to read as follows: " The preceding sentence shall not cause this section to apply to any spouse for any taxable year beginning--,

"(1) after January 2, 1978, in the case of service in the combat zone designated for purposes of the Vietnam conflict, or "(2) more than 2 years after the date designated under section 112

// 26 USC 112. //

as the date of termination of combatant activities in that zone, in the case of any combat zone other than that referred to in paragraph (1).".

SEC. 4. AUTHORIZATION OF INITIAL PAYMENTS TO PRESUMPTIVELY BLIND INDIVIDUALS.

(a) In General.--Section 1631(a) (4) (B) of the Social Security Act // 42 USC 1383. // is amended--,

(1) by inserting "or blindness" immediately after "disability" each time it appears; and

(2) by inserting "or blind" immediately after "disabled" each time it appears.

(b) Effective Date. // 42 USC 1383 note. // --The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to months after the month following the month in which this Act is enacted.

Sec. 5. Section 1613(a) (1) of the Social Security Act // 42 USC 1382b. // is amended by striking out ", to the extent that its value does not exceed such amount as the Secretary determines to be reasonable".

Approved Octover 20, 1976.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

HOUSE REPORT No. 94 - 1071 (Comm. on Ways and Means).

SENATE REPORT No. 94 - 1319 (Comm. on Finance).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol.122 (1976): May 13, considered and passed House. Oct. 1, considered and passed Senate, amended; House agreed to certain Senate amendments and to one amendment with an amendmentf Senate agreed to House amendment.

PUBLIC LAW 94-568, 90- STAT. 2697.

94TH CONGRESS, H.R. 114 OCTOBER 20, 1976
AN ACT To amend the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 with respect to the tax treatment of social clubs and certain other membership organizations, to provide for a study of tax incentives for recycling, and for other purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That (a) section 501 (c) (7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 // 26 USC 501. // (relating to exempt organizations) is amended to read as follows:

"(7) Clubs organized for pleasure, recreation, and other non-profitable purposes, substantially all of the activities of which are for such purposes and no part of the net earnings of which inures to the benefit of any private shareholder."

(b) Section 512(a) (3) (A) of such Code // 26 USC 512. // (relating to unrelated business taxable income) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: " For purposes of the preceding sentence, the deductions provided by sections 243, 244, and 245 // 26 USC 243, 244, 245. // (relating to dividends received by corporations) shall be treated as not directly connected with the production of gross income."

(c) Section 277(a) of such Code // 26 USC 277. // (relating to deducations incurred by certain membership organizations in transactions with members) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: " The deducations provided by sections 243, 244, and 245 (relating to dividends received by corporations) shall not be allowed to any organization to which this section applies for the taxable year."

(d) The amendments made by this section // 26 USC 501 note. // shall apply to taxable years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act.

Sec. 2. (a) Section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 // 26 USC 501. // (relating to exemption from tax on corporations, certain trusts, etc.) is amended by redesignating subsection (h) as subsection (i) and by inserting after subsection (g) the following new subsection:

"(g) Prohibition of Discrimination by Certain Social Clubs.--, Notwithstanding subsection (a), an organization which is described in subsection (c) (7) shall not be exempt from taxation under subsection (a) for any taxable year if, at any time during such taxable year, the charter, bylaws, or other governing instrument, of such organization or any written policy statement of such organization contains a provision which provides for discrimination against any person on the basis of race, color, or religion.".

(b) The amendment made by subsection (a) shall apply to taxable years begining after the date of the enactment of this Act. // 26 USC 501 note. //

Sec.3. (a) Paragraph (2) of section 301 (g) // 26 USC 56 note. // of the Tax Reform Act of 1976 (relating to effective date for minimum tax provisions) is amended to read as follows:

"(2) Tax Carryover.

"(A) In General.--Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the amount of any tax carryover under section 56(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954

// 26 USC 56. //

from a taxable year beginning before January 1, 1976, shall not be allowed as a tax carryover for any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1975.

"(B) Except as provided by paragraph (4) and in section 56(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954,

// 26 USC 56. //

in the case of of a corporation which is not an electing small business corporation (as defined in section 1371(b) of such Code)

// 26 USC 1371. //

or a personal holding company (as defined in section 524 of such Code),

// 26 USC 524. //

the amount of any tax carryover under section 56(c) of such Code from a taxable year beginning before July 1, 1976, shall not be allowed as a tax carryover for any taxable year beginning after June 30, 1976.".

(b) The amendments made by subsection (a) shall take effect on the date of the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1976. // 26 USC 56 note. //

Sec. 4. (a) The Secretary of the Treasury, in cooperation with the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, shall make a thorough and complete study and investigation of all provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 // 26 USC 7801 note. // which currently impede or discourage the recycling of solid waste materials and shall determine what actions Congress may take under the internal revenue laws to increase and encourage the recycling of solid waste materials.

(b) The Secretary of the Treasury shall report his findings, together with specific legislative proposals and detailed revenue cost estimates, to the President and to the Congress at the earliest practicable date, but not later than six months after the date of the enactment of this Act.

Approved October 20, 1976.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

HOUSE REPORT No. 94 - 1353 (Comm. on Ways and Means).

SENATE REPORT No. 94 - 1318 (Comm. on Finance).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 122 (1976): Aug. 24, considered and passed House Oct. 1, considered and passed Senate, amended; House agreed to Senate amendment.

PUBLIC LAW 94-567, 90 STAT. 2692, WILDERNESS AREAS.

94TH CONGRESS, H.R. 13160 OCTOBER 20, 1976
AN ACT To designate certain lands within units of the National Park System as wilderness; to revise the boundaries of

certain of those units; and

for other

purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That in accordance with section 3(c) of the Wilderness Act (m, Stat. 890; 16 U.S.C. 1132(c)), // 16 USC 1132 note. // the following lands are hereby designated as wilderness, and shall be administered by the Secretary of the Interior in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Wilderness Act:

(a) Bandelier National Monument, New Mexico, wilderness comprising twenty-three thousand two hundred and sixty-seven acres, depicted on a map entitled " Wilderness Plan, Bandelier National Monument, New Mexico", numbered 315 - 20, 014 - b and dated May 1776, to be know as the Bandelier Wilderness.

(b) Black Canyon of the Gunnison National Monument, Colorado, wilderness comprising eleven thousand one hundred and eighty acres, depicted on a map entitled " Wilderness Plan, Black Canyon of the Gunnison National Monument, Colorado", numbered 144 - 20, 017 and dated May 1973, to be known as the Black Canyon of the Gunnison Wilderness.

(c) Chiricahua National Monument, Arizona, wilderness comprising nine thousand four hundred and forty acres, and potential wilderness additions comprising two acres, depicted on a map entitled " Wilderness Plan, Chiricahua National Monument, Arizona", numbered 145 - 20, 007 - A and dated September 1973, to be known as the Chiricahua National Monument Wilderness.

(d) Great Sand Dunes National Monument, Colorado, wilderness comprising thirty-three thousand four hundred and fifty acres, and potential wilderness additions comprising six hundred and seventy acres, depicted on a map entitled " Wilderness Plan, Great Sand Dunes National Monument, Colorado", numbered 140 - 20, 006 - C and dated February 1976, to be known as the Great Sand Dunes Wilderness.

(e) Haleakala National Park, Hawaii, wilderness comprising nineteen thousand two hundred and seventy acres, and potential wilderness additions comprising five thousand five hundred acres, depicted on a map entitled " Wilderness Plan, Haleakala National Park, Hawaii", numbered 162 - 20, 006 - A and dated July 1972, to be known as the Haleakala Wilderness.

(f) Isle Royale National Park, Michigan, wilderness comprising one hundred and thirty-one thousand eight hundred and eighty acres, and potential wilderness additions comprising two hundred and thirty-one acres, depicted on a map entitled " Wilderness Plan, Isle Royale National Park, Michigan", numbered 139 - 20, 004 and dated December 1974, to be known as the Isle Royale Wilderness.

(g) Joshua Tree National Monument, California, wilderness comprising four hundred and twenty-nine thousand six hundred and ninety acres, and potential wilderness additions comprising thirty-seven thousand five hundred and fifty acres, depicted on a map entitled " Wilderness Plan, Joshua Tree National Monument, California", numbered 156 - 20, 003 - D and dated May 1976, to be known as the Joshua Tree Wilderness.

(h) Mesa Verde National Park, Colorado, wilderness comprising eight thousand one hundred acres, depicted on a map entitled " Wilderness Plan, Mesa Verde National Park, Colorado", numbered 307 - 20, 007 - A and dated September 1972, to be known as the Mesa Verde Wilderness.

(i) Pinnacles National Monument, California, wilderness comprising twelve thousand nine hundred and fifty-two acres, and potential wilderness additions comprising nine hundred and ninety acres, depicted on a map entitled " Wilderness Plan, Pinnacles National Monument, California", numbered 114 - 20, 010 - D and dated September 1975, to be known as the Pinnacles Wilderness.

(j) Saguaro National Monument, Arizona, wilderness comprising seventy-one thousand four hundred acres, depicted on a map entitled " Wilderness Plan, Saguaro National Mounment, Arizona", numbered 151 - 20, 003 - D and dated May 1976, to be known as the Saguaro Wilderness.

(k) Point Reyes National Seashore, California, wilderness comprising twenty-five thousand three hundred and seventy acres, and potential wilderness additions comprising eight thousand and three acres, depicted on a map entitled " Wilderness Plan, Point Reyes National Seashore", numbered 612 - 90, 000 - B and dated September 1976, to be known as the Point Reyes Wilderness.

(1) Badlands National Monument, South Dakota, wilderness comprising sixty-four thousand two hundred and fifty acres, depicted on a map entitled " Wilderness Plan, Badlands National Monument, South Dakota", numbered 137 - 29, 010 - B and dated May 1976, to be known as the Badlands Wilderness.

(m) Shenandoah National Park, Virginia, wilderness comprising seventy-nine thousand and nineteen acres, and potential wilderness additions comprising five hundred and sixty acres, depicted on a map entitled " Wilderness Plan, Shenandoah National Park, Virginia", numbered 134 - 90, 001 and dated June 1975, to be known as the Shenandoah Wilderness.

Sec. 2. A map and description of the boundaries of the areas designated in this Act shall be on file and available for public inspection in the office of the Director of the National Park Service, Deparment of the Interior, and in the office of the Superintendent of each area designated in the Act. As soon as practicable after this Act takes effect, maps of the wilderness areas and descriptions of their boundaries shall be filed with the Interior and Insular Affairs Committees of the United States Senate and House of Representatives, and such maps and descriptions shall have the same force and effect as if included in this Act: Provided, That correction of clerical and typographical errors in such maps and descriptions may be made.

Sec. 3. All lands which represent potential wilderness additions, upon publication in the Federal Register of a notice by the Secretary of the Interior that all uses thereon prohibited by the Widerness Act, // 16 USC 1131 note. // have ceased, shall thereby be designated wilderness.

Sec. 4. The boundaries of the following areas are hereby revised, and those lands depicted on the respective maps as wilderness or as potential wilderness addition are hereby so designated at such time and in such manner as provided for by this Act:

(a) Isle Royale National Park, Michigan:

The Act of March 6, 1942 (56 Stat. 138; 16 U.S.C. 408e-408h), as amended, is further amended as follows:

(1) Insert the letter "(a)" before the second paragraph of the first section, redesignate subparagraphs (a), (b), and (c) of that paragraph as "(1)", "(2)", "(3)", respectively, and add to that section the following new paragraph:

"(b) Gull Islands, containing approximately six acres, located in section 19, township 68 north, range 31 west, in Keweenaw County, Michigan.".

(2) Amend section 3 // 16 USC 408g. // to read as follows:

" Sec. 3. The boundaries of the Isle Royale National Park are hereby extended to include any submerged lands within the territorial jurisdiction of the United States within four and one-half miles of the shoreline of Isle Royale and the surrounding islands, including Passage Island and the Gull Islands, and the Secretary of the Interior is hereby authorized, in his discretion, to acquire title by donation to any such lands not now owned by the United States, the title to be satisfactory to him.".

(b) Pinnacles National Monument, California:

(1) The boundary is hereby revised by adding the following described lands, totaling approximately one thousand seven hundred and seventeen and nine-tenths acres:

(a) Mount Diablo meridian, township 17 south, range 7 east: Section 1, east half east half, southwest quarter northeast quarter, and northwest quarter southeast quarter; section 12, east half northeast quarter, and northeast quarter southeast quarter; section 13, east half northeast quarter and northeast quarter southeast quarter.

(b) Township 16 south, range 7 east: Section 32, east half.

(c) Township 17 south, range 7 east: Section 4, west half; section 5, east half.

(d) Township 17 south, range 7 east: Section 6, southwest quarter southwest quarter; section 7, northwest quarter north half southwest quarter.

(2) The Secretary of the Interior may make minor revisions in the monument boundary from time to time by publication in the Federal Register of a map or other boundary description, but the total area within the monument may not exceed sixteen thousand five hundred acres: Provided, however, That lands designated as wilderness pursuant to this Act may not be excluded from the monument. The monument shall hereafter be administered in accordance with the Act of August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535; 16 U.S.C. 1 et seq.), as amended and supplemented.

(3) In order to effectuate the purposes of this subsection, the Secretary of the Interior is authorized to acquire by donation, purchase, transfer from any other Federal agency or exchange, lands and interests therein within the area hereafter encompassed by the monument boundary, except that property owned by the State of California or any political subdivision thereof may be acquired only by donation.

(4) There are authorized to be appropriated, in addition to such sums as may heretofore have been appropriated, not to exceed $955,000 for the acquisition of lands or interests in lands authorized by this subsection. No funds authorized to be appropriated pursuant to the Act shall be available prior to October 1, 1977.

Sec. 5. (a) The Secretary of Agriculture shall, within two years after the date of enactment of this Act, // 16 USC 1132 note. // review, as to its suitability or nonsuitability for preservation as wilderness, the area comprising approximately sixty-two thousand nine hundred and thirty acres located in the Colorado National Forest adjacent to Saguaro National Monument, Arizona, and identified on the map referred to in section 1(j) of this Act as the " Rincon Wilderness Study Area," and shall report his findings to the President. The Secretary of Agriculture shall conduct his review in accordance with the provisions of subsection 3(b) and 3(d) of the Wilderness Act, // 16 USC 1132. // except that any reference in such subsections to areas in the national forests classified as "primitive" on the effective date of that Act shall be deemed to be a reference to the wilderness study area designated by this Act and except that the President shall advise the Congress of his recommendations with respect to this area within two years after the date of enactment of this Act.

(b) The Secretary of Agriculture shall give at least sixty days' advance public notice of any hearing or other public meeting relating to the review provided for by this section.

Sec. 6. The areas designated by this Act as wilderness shall be administered by the Secretary of the Interior in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Wilderness Act governing areas designated by that Act as wilderness areas, except that any reference in such provisions to the effective date of the Wilderness Act shall be deemed to be a reference to the effective date of this Act, and, where appropriate, any reference to the Secretary of Agriculture shall be deemed to be a reference to the Secretary of the Interior.

Sec. 7. (a) Section 6(a) of the Act of September 13, 1962 // 16 USC 459c-6. // (76 Stat. 538), as amended (16 U.S.C. 459c-6a) is amended by inserting "without impairment of its natural values, in a manner which provides for such recreational, educational, historic preservation, interpretation, and scientific research opportunities as are consistent with, based upon, and supportive of the maximum protection, restoration and preservation of the natural environment with the area" immediately after "shall be administered by the Secretary".

(b) Add the following new section 7 // 16 USC 459c-7. // and redesignate the existing section 7 as section 8:

" Sec. 7. The Secretary shall designate the principal environmental education center within the Seashore as ' The Clem Miller Environmental Education Center,' in commemoration of the vision and leadership which the late Representative Clem Miller gave to the creation and protection of Point Reves National Seashore.".

Sec. 8. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any designation of the lands in the Shoshone National Forest, Wyoming, known as the Whiskey Mountain Area, comprising approximately six thousand four hundred and ninety-seven acres and depicted as the " Whiskey Mountain Area--Glacier Primitive Area" on a map entitles " Proposed Glacier Wilderness and Glacier Primitive Area", dated September 23, 1976, on file in the Office of the Chief, Forest Service, Department of Agriculture, shall be classified as a primitive area until the Secretary of Agriculture or his designee determines otherwise pursuant to classification procedures for national forest primitive areas. Provisions of any other Act designating the Fitspatrick Wilderness in said Forest shall continue to be effective only for the approximately one hundred and ninety-one thousand one hundred and three acres depicted as the " Proposed Glacier Wilderness" on said map.

Approved October 20, 1976.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

HOUSE REPORT No. 94 - 1427 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs).

SENATE REPORT No. 94 - 1357 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD. Vol. 122 (1976): Sept. 22, considered and passed House. Oct. 1, considered and passed Senate, amended; House agreed to Senate amendments.

PUBLIC LAW 94-566, 90 STAT. 2667, UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION AMENDMENTS of 1976

94th CONGRESS, H.R. 10210 OCTOBER 20, 1976
AN ACT To require States to extend unemployment compensation coverage to certain previously uncovered workers; to

increase the amount of

the wages subject

to the Federal unemployment tax; to increase the rate

of such tax; and

for other purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE

This Act may be cited as the " Unemployment Compensation Amendments of 1976". // 26 USC 3304 note. //

TITLE I--EXTENSION OF COVERAGE PROVISIONS PART I--GENERAL PROVISIONS SEC. 111. COVERAGE OF CERTAIN AGRICULTURAL

EMPLOYMENT

(a) Noncash Remuneration.--Section 3306(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954. // 26 USC 3306. // (defining wages) is amended by striking out "or" at the end of paragraph (9), by striking out the period at the end of paragraph (10) and inserting in lieu thereof "; or", and by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraph:

"(11) remuneration for agricultural labor paid in any medium other than cash.".

(b) Coverage of Agricultural Labor.--Paragraph (1) of section 3306( c) of such Code (defining employment) is amended to read as follows:

"(1) agricultural labor (as defined in subsection (k)) unless--, "(A) such labor is performed for a person who--,

"(i) during any calendar quarter in the calendar year or the preceding calendar year paid remuneration in cash of $20,000 or more to individuals employed in agricultural labor (not taking into account labor performed before January 1, 1980, by an alien referred to in subparagraph (B)), or

"(ii) on each of some 20 days during the calendar year or the preceding calendar year, each day being in a different calendar week, employed in agricultural labor (not taking into account labor performed before January 1, 1980, by an alien referred to in subparagraph (B)) for some portion of the day (whether or not at the same moment of time) 10 or more individuals; and

"(B) such labor is not agricultural labor performed before January 1, 1980, by an individual who is an alien admitted to the United States to perform agricultural labor pursuant to sections 214(c) and 101(a)(15)(H) of the Immigration and Nationality Act;". // 8 USC 1184, 1101 //

(") // 26 USC 3306 note. // Effective Date.--The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to remuneration paid after December 31, 1977, for services performed after such date.

SEC. 112. TREATMENT OF CERTAIN FARMWORKERS.

(a) General Rule.--Section 3306 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 // 26 USC 3306 // (relating to definitions) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection:

"(o) Special Rule in Case of Certain Agricultural Workers.--,

"(1) Crew leaders who are registered or provide specialized agricultural labor.--For purposes of this chapter, any individual who is a member of a crew furnished by a crew leader to perform agricultural labor for any other person shall be treated as an employee of such crew leader--,

"(A) if--,

"(i) such crew leader holds a valid certificate of registration under the Farm Labor Contractor Registration Act of 1963 // 7 USC 2041 note. // or

"(ii) substantially all the members of such crew operate or maintain tractors, mechanized harvesting or crop-dusting equipment, or any other mechanized equipment, which is provided by such crew leader; and

"(B) if such individual is not an employee of such other person within the meaning of subsection (i).

"(2) Other crew leaders.--For purposes of this chapter, in the case of any individual who is furnished by a crew leader to perform agricultural labor for any other person and who is not treated as an employee of such crew leader under paragraph (1)--,

"(A) such other person and not the crew leader shall be treated as the employer of such individual; and

"(B) such other person shall be treated as having paid cash remuneration to such individual in an amount equal to the amount of cash remuneration paid to such individual by the crew leader (either on his behalf or on behalf of such other person) for the agricultural labor perfomed for such other person.

"(3) Crew leader.--For purposes of this subsection, the term 'crew leader' means an individual who--,

"(A) furnishes individuals to perform agricultural labor for any other person,

"(B) pays (either on his behalf or on behalf of such other person) the individuals so furnished by him for the agricultural labor performed by them, and

"(C) has not entered into a written agreement with such other person under which such individual is designated as an employee of such other person.".

(b) Effective Date.--, // 26 USC 3306 note. // The amendment made by subsection (a) shall apply with respect to remuneration paid after December 31, 1977, for services performed after such date.

SEC. 113. COVERAGE OF DOMESTIC SERVICE.

(a) General Rule.--Paragraph (2) of section 330-6(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (defining employment) is amended to read as follows:

"(2) domestic service in a private ho,e, local college club, or local chapter of a college fraternity or sorority unless performed for a person who paid cash remuneration of $1,000 or more to individuals employed in such domestic service in any calendar quarter in the calendar year or the preceding calendar year;".

(b) Effective Date.--, // 26 USC 3306 note. // The amendment made by subsection (a) shall apply with respect to remuneration paid after December 31, 1977, for services performed after such date.

SEC. 114. DEFINITION OF EMPLOYER.

(a) General Rule.--Subsection (a) of section 3306 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954. // 26 USC 3306. // (defining employer) is amended to read as follows:

"(a) Employer.--For purposes of this chaper--,

"(1) In general.--The term 'employer' means, with respect to any calendar year, any person who--,

"(A) during any calendar quarter in the calendar year or the preceding calendar year paid wages of $1,500 or more, or

"(B) on each of some 20 days during the calendar year or during the preceding calendar year, each day being in a different calendar week, employed at least one individual in employment for some portion of the day. For purposes of this paragraph, there shall not be taken into account any wages paid to, or employment of, an employee performing domestic services referred to in paragraph (3).

"(2) Agricultural labor.--In the case of agricultural labor, the term 'employer' means, with respect to any calendar year, any person who--

"(A) during any calendar quarter in the calendar year or the preceding calendar year paid wages of $20,000 or more for agricultural labor, or

"(B) on each of some 20 days during the calendar year or during the preceding calendar year, each day being in a different calendar week, employed at least 10 individuals in employment in agricultural labor for some portion of the day.

"(3) Domestic service.--In the case of domestic service in a private home, local college club, or local chapter of a college fraternity or sorority, the term 'employer' means, with respect to any calendar year, any person who during any calendar quarter in the calendar year or the preceding calendar year paid wages in cash of $1,000 or more for such service.

"(4) Special rule.--A person treated as an employer under paragraph (3) shall not be treated as an employer with respect to wages paid for any service other than domestic service referred to in paragraph (3) unless such person is treated as an employer under paragraph (1) or (2) with respect to such other service."

(b) Technical Amendment.--Subsection (a) of section 6157 // 26 USC 6157. // of such Code (relating to payment of Federal unemployment tax on quarterly or other time period basis) is amended to read as follows:

"(a) General Rule.--Every person who for the calendar year is an employer (as defined in section 3306(a)) shall--,

"(1) if the person is such an employer for the preceding calendar year (determined by only taking into account wages paid and employment during such preceding calendar year), compute the tax imposed by section 3301 // 26 USC 3301. // for each of the first 3 calendar quarters in the calendar year on wages paid for services with respect to which the person is such an employer for such preceding calendar year (as so determined), and

"(2) if the person is not such an employer for the preceding calendar year with respect to any services (as so determined), compute the tax imposed by section 3301 on wages paid for services with respect to which the person is not such an employer for the preceding calendar year (as so determined)--,

"(A) for the period beginning with the first day of the calendar year and ending with the last day of the calendar quarter (excluding the last calendar quarter) in which such person becomes such an employer with respect to such services, and

"(B) for the third calendar quarter of such year, if the period specified in subparagraph (A) includes only the first two calendar quarters of the calendar year. The tax for any calendar quarter or other period shall be computed as provided in subsection (b) and the tax as so computed shall, except as otherwise provided in subsections (c) and (d), be paid in such manner and at such time as may be provided in regulations prescribed by the Secretary."

(c) Effective Date.--, // 26 USC 3306 note. // The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to remuneration paid after December 31, 1977, for services performed after such date.

SEC. 115. COVERAGE OF CERTAIN SERVICE PERFORMED

FOR NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS AND FOR STATE AND

LOCAL GOVERNMENTS.

(a) General Rule.--Subparagraph (B) of section 3309 // 26 USC 3309. // (a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (relating to State law requirements) is amended to read as follows:

"(B) service excluded from the term 'employment' solely by reason of paragraph (7) of section 3306

// 26 USC 3306. //

(c); and".

(b) Exclusion of Certain Government Employees.--,

(1) Certain employees.--Paragraph (3) of section 3309(b) of such Code (relating to certain services to which section 3309 does not apply) is amended to read as follows:

"(3) in the employ of a governmental entity referred to in paragraph (7) of section 3306(c), if such service is performed by an individual in the exercise of his duties--,

"(A) as an elected official;

"(B) as a member of a legislative body, or a member of the judiciary, of a State or political subdivision thereof;

"(C) as a member of the State National Guard or Air National Guard;

"(D) as an employee serving on a temporary basis in case of fire, storm, snow, earthquake, flood, or similar emergency; or

"(E) in a position which, under or pursuant to the State law, is designated as (i) a major nontenured policymaking or advisory position, or (ii) a policymaking or advisory position the performance of the duties of which ordinarily does not require more than 8 hours per week;".

(2) Inmates.--Paragraph (6) of such section 3309(b) is amended to read as follows:

"(6) by an inmate of a custodial or penal institution.".

(c) Technical Adjustments.--,

(1) Subparagraph (A) of section 3304

// 26 USC 3304. //

(a)(6) of such Code is amended by striking out "except that" and all that follows down through ", and" at the end thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following: "except that--,

"(i) with respect to services in an instructional research, or principal administrative capacity for an educational institution to which section 3309

// 26 USC 3309. //

(a)(1) applies, compensation shall not be payable based on such services for any week commencing during the period between two successive academic years (or, when an agreement provides instead for a similar period between two regular but not successive terms, during such period) to any individual if such individual performs such services in the first of such academic years (or terms) and if there is a contract or reasonable assurance that such individual will perform services in any such capacity for any educational institution in the second of such academic years or terms, and

"(ii) with respect to services in any other capacity for an educational institution (other than an institution of higher education) to which section 3309(a)(1) applies, compensation payable on the basis of such services may be denied to any individual for any week which commences during a period between two successive academic years or terms if such individual performs such services in the first of such academic years or terms and there is a reasonable assurance that such individual will perform such services in the second of such academic years or terms, and".

(2) Subsection (d) of section 3309

// 26 USC 3309. //

of such Code is hereby repealed.

(3) The section heading of section 3309 of such Code is amended to read as follows:

' SEC. 3309. STATE LAW COVERAGE OF SERVICES

PERFORMED FOR

NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS OR GOVERNMENTAL

ENTITIES.".

(4) The table of sections for chapter 23 of such Code is amended by striking out the item relating to section 3309 and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

" Sec. 3309. State law coverage of services performed

for nonprofit

organizations or governmental entities.".

(5) Section 3304

// 26 USC 3304. //

of such Code is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection:

"(f) Definition of Institution of Higher Education.--For purposes of subsection (a)(6), the term 'institution of higher education' means an educational institution in any State which--,

"(1) admits as regular students only individuals having a certificate of graduation from a high school, or the recognized equivalent of such a certificate;

"(2) is legally authorized within such State to provide a program of education beyond high school;

"(3) provides an educational program for it which awards a bachelor's or higher degree, or provides a program which is acceptable for full credit toward such a degree, or offers a program of training to prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation; and

"(4) is a public or other nonprofit institution."

(d) Effective Date. // 26 USC 3304 note. // --The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to certifications of States for 1978 and subsequent years, but only with respect to services performed after December 31, 1977.

SEC. 116. EXTENSION OF FEDERAL UNEMPLOYMENT

COMPENSATION LAW TO THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

(a) Amendment of the Social Security Act.--Paragraph (1) of section 1101(a) of the Social Security Act // 42 USC 1301 // is amended by inserting after the first sentence the following new sentence: " Such term when used in titles III, IX, and XII // 42 USC 501, 1101, 1321. // also includes the Virgin Islands.".

(b) Amendments of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.--,

(1) Section 3306

// 26 USC 3306. //

(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (defining employment) is amended by striking out "or in the Virgin Islands" in the portion of such section which precedes paragraph (1) thereof.

(2) Section 3306(j) of such Code is amended to read as follows:

"(j) State, United States, and American Employer.--For purposes of this chapter--,

"(1) State.--The term ' State' includes the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands.

"(2) United States.--The term ' United States' when used in a geographical sense includes the States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands.

"(3) American Employer.--The term ' American employer' means a person who is--,

"(A) an individual who is a resident of the United States,

"(B) a partnership, if two-thirds or more of the partners are residents of the United States,

"(C) a trust, if all of the trustees are residents of the United States, or

"(D) a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or of any State.

An individual who is a citizen of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands (but not otherwise a citizen of the United States) shall be considered, for purposes of this section, as a citizen of the United States.".

(c) Amendment Relating to the Federal Employment Service. -- Section 5(b) of the Act entitled " Act to provide for the establishment of a national employment system and for cooperation with the States for the promotion of such system, and for other purposes", approved June 6, 1933 (29 U.S.C. 49d (b)), is amended by striking out " Guam and the Virgin Islands" and inserting in lieu thereof " Guam".

(d) Amendments Relating to Extended and Emergency Benefits.--,

(1) Section 202(a) (1) of the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensation Act of 1970 // 26 USC 3304 note. // is amended by striking out "the Virgin Islands or".

(2) Paragraph (8) of section 205 of the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensation Act of 1970 // 26 USC 3304 note. // is amended to read as follows:

"(8) The term ' State' includes the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands.".

(3) Section 102 (b) (1) (C) of the Emergency Unemployment Compensation Act of 1974

// 26 USC 3304 note. //

is amended by striking out "the Virgin Islands or".

(e) Amendments Relating to Federal Unemployment Compensation.--,

(1) Paragraph (6) of section 8501 of title 5, United States Code, is amended to read as follows:

"(6) ' State' means the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands; and".

(2) Section 8503 of title 5, United States Code is amended--,

(A) by striking out subsections (b) and (d);

(B) by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (b); and

(C) by striking out "subsection (a) or (b)" in subsection (b) (as so redesignated) and inserting in lieu thereof "subsection (a)".

(3) Section 8504 of title 5, United States Code, is amended--,

(A) by adding "and" at the end of paragraph (1);

(B) by striking out "; and" at the end of paragraph (2) and inserting in lieu thereof a period; and

(C) by striking out paragraph (3).

(4) Paragraph (3) of section 8521 of title 5 United States Code, is amended to read as follows:

"(3) ' State' means the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands."

(5) Section 8522 of title 5, United States Code, is amended by striking out "or to the Virgin Islands, as the case may be,".

(f) Effective Dates.--,

(1) Subsections (a), (c), and (d).--,

// 26 USC 3304 note. //

The amendments made by subsections (a), (c), and (d) shall take effect on the later of October 1, 1976, or the day after the day on which the Secretary of Labor approves under section 3304(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954

// 26 USC 3304. //

an unemployment compensation law submitted to him by the Virgin Islands for approval.

(2) Subsection (b).--The amendments made by subsection (b) shall apply with respect to remuneration paid after December 31 of the year in which the Secretary of Labor approves for the first time an unemployment compensation law submitted to him by the Virgin Islands for approval, for services performed after such December 31.

(3) Subsection (e).--The amendments made by subsection (e) shall apply with respect to benefit years beginning on or after the later of October 1, 1976, or the first day of the first week for which compensation becomes payable under an unemployment compensation law of the Virgin Islands which is approved by the Secretary of Labor under section 3304(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.

(g) Transfer of Funds.--, // 26 USC 3304 note. // --The Secretary of Labor shall not approve an unemployment compensation law of the Virgin Islands under section 3304(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 until the Governor of the Virgin Islands has approved the transfer to the Federal Unemployment Trust Fund established by section 904 of the Social Security Act // 42 USC 1104. // of an amount equal to the dollar balance credited to the unemployment subfund of the Virgin Islands established under section 310 of title 24 of the Virgin Islands Code.

PART II-- TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS SEC. 121.

// 26 USC 3304 note. //

FEDERAL REIMBURSEMENT FOR BENEFITS PAID TO NEWLY

COVERED WORKERS DURING TRANSITION PERIOD.

(a) General Rule.--If any State, the unemployment compensation law of which is approved by the Secretary under section 3304(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, provides for the payment of compensation for any week of unemployment beginning on or after January 1, 1978, on the basis of previously uncovered services, the Secretary shall pay to the unemployment fund of such State an amount equal to the Federal reimbursement for any compensation paid for a week of unemployment beginning on or after January 1, 1978, to any individual whose base period wages include wages for previously uncovered services.

(b) Previously Uncovered Services.--For purposes of this section, the term "previously uncovered services" means, with respect to any State, services--,

(1) which were not covered by the State unemployment compensation law, at any time, during the 1-year period ending December 31, 1975; and

(2) which--,

(A) are agricultural labor (as defined in section 3306(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954)

// 26 USC 3306. //

or domestic services referred to in section 3306(c) (2) of such Code (as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of this Act) and are treated as employment (as defined in section 3306 (c) of such Code) by reason of the amendments made by this Act, or

(B) are services to which section 3309(a) (1) of such Code

// 26 USC 3309. //

applies by reason of the amendments made by this Act.

(c) Federal Reimbursement.--,

(1) In General.--For purposes of this section, the Federal reimbursement for compensation paid to any individual for any week of unemployment shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to the amount of such compensation as the amount of the individual's base period wages which are attributable to previously uncovered services which are reimbursable bears to the total amount of the individual's base period wages.

(2) Reimbursable Services.--For purposes of determining the amount of the Federal reimbursement for compensation paid to any individual for any week of unemployment, previously uncovered services shall be treated as being reimbursable--,

(A) if such services were performed--,

(i) before July 1, 1978, in the case of a week of unemployment beginning before July 1, 1978; or

(ii) before January 1, 1978, in the case of a week of unemployment beginning after July 1, 1978; and

(B) to the extent that assistance under title II of the Emergency Jobs and Unemployment Assistance Act of 1974

// 26 USC 3304 note. //

was not paid to such individual on the basis of such services.

(3) Denial of Payment.--No payment may be made under subsection (a) to any State in respect of any compensation for which the State is entitled to any reimbursement under the provisions of any Federal law other than this Act or the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensation Act of 1970.

// 26 USC 3304 notes. //

(d) Experience Rating of Certain Employers.--The unemployment compensation law of any State may, without being deemed to violate the standards set forth in section 3303(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, // 26 USC 3303. // provide that the experience-rating account of any employer shall not be charged for the compensation paid to any individual whose base period wages includes wages for previously uncovered services which are reimbursable under subsection (c) (2) to the extent that such individual would not have been eligible to receive such compensation had the State law not provided for the payment of compensation on the basis of such previously uncovered services.

(e) Certain Nonprofit Employers.--The unemployment compensation law of any State may provide that any organization which elects to make payments (in lieu of contributions) into the State unemployment compensation fund as provided in section 3309(a) (2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 // 26 USC 3309. // shall not be liable to make such payments with respect to the compensation paid to any individual whose base period wages includes wages for previously uncovered services which are reimbursable under subsection (c) (2) to the extent that such individual would not have been eligible to receive such compensation had the State not provided for the payment of compensation on the basis of such previously uncovered services.

(f) Payments Made Monthly.--Payments under subsection (a) shall be made monthly, prior to audit or settlement by the General Accounting Office, on the basis of estimates by the Secretary of the amount payable to such State for such month, reduced or increased, as the case may be, by any amount by which the Secretary finds that his estimates for any prior month were greater or less than the amounts which should have been paid to such State. Such estimates may be made on the basis of such statistical, sampling, or other methods as may be agreed upon by the Secretary and the State.

(g) Definitions.--For purposes of this section--,

(1) State.--The term " State" includes the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands.

(2) Secretary.--The term " Secretary" means the Secretary of Labor.

(3) Benefit Year.--The term "benefit year" means the benefit year as defined in the applicable State unemployment compensation law.

(4) Base Period.--The term "base period" means the base period as defined by the applicable State unemployment compensation law for the benefit year.

(5) Unemployment Fund.--The term "unemployment fund" has the meaning given to such term by section 3306(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.

// 26 USC 3306. //

(h) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be appropriated from the general fund of the Treasury such sums as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this section.

SEC. 122. TRANSITIONAL RULES IN CASE OF NONPROFT

ORGANIZATIONS.

(a) Credit for Prior Contributions.--Section 3303 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 // 26 USC 3303. // (relating to conditions of additional credit allowance) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection:

"(g) Transitional Rule for Unemployment Compensation Amendments of 1976.--To facilitate the orderly transition to coverage of service to shich section 3309(a) (1) (A) applies by reason of the enactment of the Unemployment Compensation Amendments of 1976, a State law may provide that an organization (or group of organizations) which elects, when such election first becomes available under the State law with respect to such service, to make payments (in lieu of contributions) into the State unemployment fund as provided in section 3309(a) (2), and which had paid contributions into such fund under the State law with respect to such service performed in its employ before the date of the enactment of this subsection, is not required to make any such payment (in lieu of contributions) on account of compensation paid after its election as heretofore described which is attributable under the State law to such service performed in its employ, until the total of such compensation equals the amount--,

"(1) by which the contributions paid by such organization (or group) on the basis of wages for such service with respect to a period before the election provided by section 3309

// 26 USC 3309. //

(a) (2), exceed

"(2) the unemployment compensation for the same period which was charged to the experience-rating account of such organization (or group) or paid under the State law on the basis of such service performed in its employ or wages paid for such service, whichever is appropriate.".

(b) Technical Amendment.--Section 3303(f) of such Code // 26 USC 3303. // (relating to transition to coverage of certain services) is amended by striking out "which elects, when such election first becomes available under the State law," and inserting in lieu thereof "which elects before April 1, 1972,".

(c) Effective Dates. // 26 USC 3303 note. // --The amendment made by subsection (a) shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act. The amendment made by subsection (b) shall take effect on January 1, 1970.

TITLE II-- FINANCING PROVISIONS SEC. 211. INCREASE IN FEDERAL UNEMPLOYMENT TAX

WAGE BASE

AND RATE.

(a) Increase in Wage Base.--Paragraph (1) of section 3306(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 // 26 USC 3306. // (defining wages) is amended by striking out "$4,200" each place it appears and inserting in lieu thereof "$6,000".

(b) Increase in Tax Rate.--Section 3301 of such Code // 26 USC 3301. // (relating to rate of Federal unemployment tax) is amended to read as follows:

" SEC. 3301. RATE OF TAX.

" There is hereby imposed on every employer (as defined in section 3306(a)) for each calendar year an excise tax, with respect to having individuals in his employ, equal to--

"(1) 3.4 percent, in the case of a calendar year beginning before the first calendar year after 1976, as of January 1 of which there is not a balance of repayable advances made to the extended unemployed compensation account (established by section 905(a) of the Social Security Act);

// 42 USC 1105. //

or

"(2) 3.2 percent, in the case of such first calendar year and each calendar year thereafter;

of the total wages (as defined in section 3306(b) paid by him during the calendar year with respect to employment (as defined in section 3306(c)).".

(e) Technical Amendments.--,

(1) Subparagraph (C) of section 901(c) (3) of the Social Security Act

// 42 USC 1101. //

is amended to read as follows:

"(C) Each estimate of net receipts under this paragraph shall be based upon (i) a tax rate of 0.5 percent in the case of any calendar year for which the rate of tax under section 3301 of the Federal Unemployment Tax Act // 26 USC 3301. // is 3.2 percent, and (ii) a tax rate of 0.7 percent in the case of any calendar year for which the rate of tax under such section 3301 is 3.4 percent.".

(2) The last sentence of section 905(b) (1) of such Act

// 42 USC 1105. //

is amended to read as follows: " In the case of any month after March 1977 and before April of the first calendar year to which paragraph (2) of section 3301 of the Federal Unemployment Tax Act

// 26 USC 3301. //

applies, the first sentence of this paragraph shall be applied by substituting 'five-fourteenths' for 'one-tenth'.".

(3) The last sentence of section 6157(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954

// 26 USC 6157. //

is amended to read as follows: " In the case of wages paid in any calendar quarter or other period during a calendar year to which paragraph (1) of section 3301 applies, the amount of such wages shall be multiplied by 0.7 percent in lieu of 0.5 percent.".

(d) Effective Dates.--

(1) Subsection (a).

// 26 USC 3306 note. //

--The amendment made by subsection (a) shall apply to remuneration paid after December 31, 1977.

(2) Subsection (b).

// 26 USC 3301 note. //

--The amendment made by subsection (b) shall apply to remuneration paid after December 31, 1976.

(3) Subsection (c).

// 42 USC 1101 note. //

--The amendments made by subsection (c) shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act.

SEC. 212. DENIAL OF CERTAIN PAYMENTS UNDER THE

EXTENDED

UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION PROGRAM.

(a) In General.--Subsection (a) of section 204 of the Federal- State Extended Unemployment Compensation Act of 1970 // 26 USC 3304 note. // is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraph:

"(4) The amount which, but for this paragraph, would be payable under this subsection to any State in respect of any compensation paid to an individual whose base period wages include wages for services to which section 3306(c) (7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 // 26 USC 3306. // applies shall be reduced by an amount which bears the same ratio to the amount which, but for this paragraph, would be payable under this subsection to such State in respect of such compensation as the amount of the base period wages attributable to such services bears to the total amount of the base period wages.".

(b) Effective Date.--The amendment made by this section shall apply with respect to compensation paid for weeks of unemployment beginning on or after January 1, 1979.

SEC. 213. ADVANCES TO STATE UNEMPLOYMENT FUNDS.

(a) Advances To Be Made for 3-Month Periods.--Paragraph (1) of section 1201(a) of the Social Security Act // 42 USC 1321. // is amended--,

(1) by striking out "any month" and inserting in lieu thereof "any 3-month period";

(2) by striking out "the preceding month" and inserting in lieu thereof "the month preceding the first month of such 3-month period"; and

(3) by striking out "such month" and inserting in lieu thereof "each month of such 3-month period".

(b) Applications.--Paragraph (2) of such section 1201(a) is amended--,

(1) by striking out "any month" each place it appears and inserting in lieu thereof "any 3-month period", and

(2) by striking out "such month" each place it appears and inserting in lieu thereof "each month of such 3-month period".

(c) Section 1201(b) of such Act is amended--,

(1) by inserting "in monthly installments" immediately after "transfer" where it first appears therein, and

(2) by adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: " The amount of any monthly installment so transferred shall not exceed the amount estimated by the State to be required for the payment of compensation for the month with respect to which such installment is made.".

(d) Effective Date. // 42 USC 1321 note. // --The amendments made by this section shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act.

SEC. 214. PRORATION OF COSTS OF CLAIMS FILED

JOINTLY UNDER

STATE LAW AND SECTION 8505 OF TITLE 5, UNITED

STATES

CODE.

(a) General Rule.--Section 8505(a) of title 5, United States Code, is amended to read as follows:

"(a) Each State is entitled to be paid by the United States with respect to each individual whose base period wages include Federal wages an amount which shall bear the same ratio to the total amount of compensation paid to such individual as the amount of his Federal wages in his base period bears to the total amount of his base period wages."

(b) Technical Amendment.--Section 8501 of title 5, United States Code, is amended by striking out "and" at the end of paragraph (6), by striking out the period at the end of paragraph (7) and inserting in lieu thereof "; and", and by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraph:

"(8) 'base period' means the base period as defined by the applicable State unemployment compensation law for the benefit year."

(c) Effective Date. // 5 USC 8501 note. // --The amendments made by this section shall apply with regard to compensation paid on the basis of claims for compensation filed on or after July 1, 1977.

TITLE III-- BENEFIT PROVISIONS SEC. 311. AMENDMENTS TO THE TRIGGER PROVISIONS OF

THE EXTENDED

PROGRAM.

(a) National " On" And " Off" Indicators.--Subsection (d) of section 203 of the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensation Act of 1970 // 26 USC 3304 note. // is amended to read as follows:

"(d) For purposes of this section--

"(1) There is a national 'on' indicator for a week if, for the period consisting of such week and the immediately preceding twelve weeks, the rate of insured unemployment (seasonally adjusted) for all States equaled or exceeded 4.5 per centum

(determined by reference to the average monthly covered employment for the first four of the most recent six calendar quarters ending before the close of such period).

"(2) There is a national 'off' indicator for a week if, for the period consisting of such week and the immediately preceding twelve weeks, the rate of insured unemployment (seasonally adjusted) for all States was less than 4.5 per centum (determined by reference to the average monthly covered employment for the first four of the most recent six calendar quarters ending before the close of such period).".

(b) State " On" and " Off" Indicators.--Subsection (e) of section 203 of such Act is amended to read as follows:

"(e) For purposes of this section--,

"(1) There is a State 'on' indicator for a week if the rate of insured unemployment under the State law for the period consisting of such week and the immediately preceding twelve weeks--,

"(A) equaled or exceeded 120 per centum of the average of such rates for the corresponding thirteen-week period ending in each of the preceding two calendar years, and

"(B) equaled or exceeded 4 per centum.

"(2) There is a State 'off' indicator for a week if, for the period consisting of such week and the immediately preceding twelve weeks, either subparagraph (A) or subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) is not satisfied.

Effective with respect to compensation for weeks of unemployment beginning after March 30, 1977 (or, if later, the date established pursuant to State law), the State may by law provide that the determination of whether there has been a State 'on' or 'off' indicator beginning or ending any extended benefit period shall be made under this subsection as if (i) paragraph (1) did not contain subparagraph (A) thereof, and (ii) the figure '4' contained in subparagraph (B) thereof were '5'; except that, notwithstanding any such provision of State law, any week for which there would otherwise be a State 'on' indicator shall continue to be such a week and shall not be determined to be a week for which there is a State 'off' indicator. For purposes of this subsection, the rate of insured unemployment for any thirteen-week period shall be determined by reference to the average monthly covered employment under the State law for the first four of the most recent six calendar quarters ending before the close of such period.".

(c) Effective Date.--The amendment made by subsection (a) of this section shall apply to weeks beginning after December 31, 1976, and the amendments made by subsection (b) of this section shall apply to weeks beginning after March 30, 1977.

SEC. 312. PREGNANCY DISQUALIFICATIONS.

(a) General Rule.--Paragraph (12) of section 3304(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 // 26 USC 3304. // (relating to requirements for approval of State unemployment compensation laws) is amended to read as follows:

"(12) no person shall be denied compensation under such State law solely on the basis of pregnancy or termination of pregnancy;".

(b) Technical Amendment.--Subsection (c) of section 3304 of such Code (relating to certification of State unemployment compensation laws) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: " On October 31 of any taxable year after 1977, the Secretary shall not certify any State which, after reasonable notice and opportunity for a hearing to the State agency, the Secretary of Labor finds has failed to amend its law so that it contains each of the provisions required by reason of the enactment of the Unemployment Compensation Amendments of 1976 to be included therein, or has with respect to the 12-month period ending on such October 31, failed to comply substantially with any such provision.".

(c) Effective Date. // 26 USC 3304 note. // --The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to certifications of States for 1978 and subsequent years.

SEC. 313. REPEAL OF FINALITY PROVISION.

(a) General Rule.--Section 8506(a) of title 5, United States Code, is amended by striking out the fifth sentence.

(b) Effective Date. // 5 USC 8506 note. // --The amendment made by subsection (a) shall apply with respect to findings made after the date of the enactment of this Act.

SEC. 314. DENIAL OF UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION OT

ATHLETES,

ILLEGAL ALIENS, AND RECIPIENTS OF RETIREMENT

BENEFITS.

(a) General Rule.--Subsection (a) of section 3304 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 // 26 USC 3304. // (relating to requirements for approval of State unemployment compensation laws) is amended by redesignating paragraph (13) as paragraph (16) and by inserting after paragraph (12) the following new paragraphs:

"(13) compensation shall not be payable to any individual on the basis of any services, substantially all of which consist of participating in sports or athletic events or training or preparing to so participate, for any week which commences during the period between two successive sport seasons (or similar periods) if such individual performed such services in the first of such seasons (or similar periods) and there is a reasonable assurance thatsuch individual will perform such services in the later of such seasons (or similar periods);

"(14) (A) compensation shall not be payable on the basis of services performed by an alien unless such alien is an individual who has been lawfully admitted for permanent residence or otherwise is permanently residing in the United States under color of law (including an alien who is lawfully present in the United States as a result of the application of the provisions of section 203(a) (7) or section 212(d) (5) of the Immigration and Nationality Act), // 8 USC 1153, 1182. //

"(B) any data or information required of individuals applying for compensation to determine whether compensation is not payable to them because of their alien status shall be uniformly required from all applicants for compensation, and

"(C) in the case of an individual whose application for compensation would otherwise be approved, no determination by the State agency that compensation to such individual is not payable because of his alien status shall be made except upon a preponderance of the evidence;

"(15) the amount of compensation payable to an individual for any week which begins after September 30, 1979, and which begins in a period with respect to which such individual is receiving a governmental or other pension, retirement or retired pay, annuity, or any other similar periodic payment which is based on the previous work of such individual shall be reduced (but not below zero) by an amount equal to the amount of such pension, retirement or retired pay, annuity, or other payment, which is reasonably attributable to such week;".

(b) Effective Date. // 26 USC 3304 note. // --The amendment made by subsection (a) shall apply with respect to certifications of States for 1978 and subsequent years, or for 1979 and subsequent years in the case of States the legislatures of which do not meet in a regular session which closes in the calendar year 1977.

TITLE IV-- NATIONAL COMMISSION ON UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION SEC. 411.

// 26 USC 3304 note. //

NATIONAL COMMISSION ON UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION.

(a) Establishment of Commission.--There is established a National Commission on Unemployment Compensation (hereinafter in this section referred to as the " Commission") which shall consist of thirteen members who shall be appointed as follows:

(1) Three members appointed by the President pro tempore of the Senate.

(2) Three members appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives.

(3) Seven members appointed by the President.

In making appointments under the preceding sentence, the President pro tempore of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and the President shall consult with each other to insure that there will be a balanced representation of interested parties on the Commission. The Commission shall consist of at least one representative of labor, industry, the Federal Government, State government, local government, and small business. The President shall designate one of the members to serve as Chairman of the Commission. Seven members shall constitute a quorum. Any vacancies in the Commission shall not affect its powers, but shall be filled in the same manner in which the original appointment was made.

(b) Duties of the Commission.--The Commission shall study and evaluate the present unemployment compensation programs in order to assess the long-range needs of the programs, to develop alternatives, and to recommend changes in the programs. Such study and evaluation shall include, without being limited to--,

(1) examination of the adequacy, and economic and administrative impacts, of the changes made by this Act in coverage, benefit provisions, and financing;

(2) identification of appropriate purposes, objectives, and future directions for unemployment compensation programs; including railroad unemployment insurance;:

(3) examination of issues and alternatives concerning the relationship of unemployment compensation to the economy, with special attention to long-range funding requirements and desirable methods of program financing;

(4) examination of eligibility requirements,disqualification provisions, and factors to consider in determining appropriate benefit amounts and duration;

(5) examination of (A) the problems of claimant fraud and abuse in the unemployment compensation programs (B) the adequacy of present statutory requirements and administrative procedures designed to protect the programs against such fraud and abuse and (C) problems of claimants in obtaining prompt processing and payment of their claims for benefits and any appropriate measures to relieve such problems;

(6) examination of the relationship between unemployment compensation programs and manpower training and employment programs;

(7) examination of the appropriate role of unemployment compensation in income maintenance and its relationship to other social insurance and income maintenance programs;

(8) conduct of such surveys, hearings, research, and other activities as it deems necessary to enable it to formulate appropriate recommendations, and to obtain relevant information, attitudes, opinions, and recommendations from individuals and organizations representing employers, employees, and the general public;

(9) review of the present method of collecting and analyzing present and prospective national and local employment and unemployment information and statistics;

(10) identification of any weaknesses in such method and any problem which results from the operation of such method;

(11) formulation of any necessary or appropriate new techniques for the collection and analysis of such information and statistics; and

(12) examination of the feasibility and advisability of developing or not developing Federal minimum benefit standars for State unemployment insurance program.

(c) Powers of the Commission.--,

(1) Hearings.--The Commission, or, on the authorization of the Commission, any subcommittee or members thereof, may, for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this section, hold such hearing, take such testimony, receive such evidence, take such oaths and sit and act at such times and places as the Commission may deem appropriate and may administer oaths or affirmations to witnesses appearing before the Commission or any subcommittee or members thereof.

(2) Staff.--Subject to rules and regulations as may be adopted by the Commission, the Chairman shall have the power to--,

(A) appoint and fix the compensation of an executive director, and such additional personnel as he deems advisable, without regard to the provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appointments in the competitive service, and without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title

// 5 USC 5101, 5332 note. //

relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates, except that the executive director may not receive pay in excess of the maximum annual rate of basic pay in effect for grade GS-18 of the General Schedule under section 5332 of such title and any additional personnel may not receive pay in excess of the maximum annual rate of basic pay in effect for grade GS-15 of such General Schedule, and

(B) obtain temporary and intermittent services of experts and consultants in accordance with the provisions of section 3109 of title 5, United States Code.

(3) Contracts.--The Commission is authorized to negotiate and enter into contracts with organizations, institutions, and individuals to carry out such studies, surveys, or research and prepare such reports as the Commission determines are necessary in order to carry out its duties.

(d) Cooperation of Other Federal Agencies.--,

(1) Information.--Each department, agency, and instrumentality of the Federal Government is authorized and directed to furnish to the Commission, upon request made by the Chairman, and to the extent permitted by law, such data, reports, and other information as the Commission deems necessary to carry out its functions under this section.

(2) Services.--The head of each department or agency of the Federal Government is authorized to provide to the Commission such services as the Commission requests on such basis, reimbursable and otherwise, as may be agreed between the department or agency and the Chairman of the Commission. All such requests shall be made by the Chairman of the Commission.

(3) Department of Labor.--The Department of Labor shall provide support for the Commission and shall perform such other functions with respect to the Commission as may be required by the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act.

(e) Pay and Travel Expenses.--,

(1) Members serve without pay.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), members of the Commission shall serve without pay.

(2) Travel expenses.--While away from their homes or regular places of business in the performance of services for the Commission, members of the Commission shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, in the same manner as persons employed intermittently in the Government service are allowed expenses under section 5703(b) of title 5 of the United States Code.

(f) Interim Report.--The Commission shall transmit to the Congress not later than March 31, 1978, an interim report.

(g) Final Report.--The Commission shall transmit to the President and the Congress not later than January 1, 1979, a final report containing a detailed statement of the findings and conclusions of the Commission, together with such recommendations as it deems advisable.

(h) Termination.--On the ninetieth day after the date of submission of its final report to the President, the Commission shall cease to exist.

(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are hereby authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.

TITLE V-- MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SEC. 501. REFERRAL OF BLIND AND DISABLED

INDIVIDUALS UNDER

AGE 16, WHO ARE RECEIVING BENEFITS UNDER THE

SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY INCOME PROGRAM, FOR

APPROPRIATE

REHABILITATION SERVICES.

(a) In General.--Section 1615 of the Social Security Act // 42 USC 1382d. // is amended to read as follows:

" REHABILITATION SERVICES FOR BLIND AND DISABLED INDIVIDUALS

" Sec. 1615. (a) In the case of any blind or disabled individual who--,

"(1) has not attained age 65, and

"(2) is receiving benefits (or with respect to whom benefits are paid) under this title,

the Secretary shall make provision for referral of such individual to the appropriate State agency administering the State plan for vocational rehabilitation services approved under the Vocational Rehabilitation Act, // 29 USC 31 note. // or, in the case of any such individual who has not attained age 16, to the appropriate State agency administering the State plan under subsection (b) of this section, and (except in such cases as he may determine) for a review not less often than quarterly of such individual's blindness or disability and his need for and utilization of the services made available to him under such plan.

"(b) (1) The Secretary shall by regulation prescribe criteria for approval of State plans for--,

"(A) assuring appropriate counseling for disabled children referred pursuant to subsection (a) and their families,

"(B) establishment of individual service plans for such disabled children, and prompt referral to appropriate medical, educational, and social services,

"(C) monitoring to assure adherence to such service plans, and

"(d) provision for such disabled children who are 6 years of age and under, or who have never attended public school and require preparation to take advantage of public educational services, of medical, social, developmental, and rehabilitative services, in cases where such services reasonably promise to enhance the child's ability to benefit from subsequent education or training, or otherwise to enhance his opportunities for self-sufficiency or self-support as an adult.

"(2) Such criteria shall include--,

"(A) administration--,

"(i) by the agency administering the State plan for crippled children's services under title V of this Act, or

"(ii) by another agency which administers programs providing services to disabled children and which the Governor of the State concerned has determined is capable of administering the State plan described in the first sentence of this subsection in a more efficient and effective manner than the agency described in clause (i) (with the reasons for such determination being set forth in the State plan described in the first sentence of this subsection);

"(B) coordination with other agencies serving disabled children; and

"(C) establishment of an identifiable unit within such agency which shall be responsible for carrying out the plan.

"(c) Every individual age 16 or over with respect to whom the Secretary is required to make provision for referral under subsection (a) shall accept such services as are made available to him under the State plan for vocational and rehabilitation services approved under the Vocational Rehabilitation Act; and no such individual shall be an eligible individual or eligible spouse for purposes of this title if he refuses without good cause to accept services for which he is referred under subsection (a).

"(d) The Secretary is authorized to pay to the State agency administering or supervising the administration of a State plan for vocational rehabilitation services approved under the Vocational Rehabilitation Act the costs incurred under such plan in the provision of rehabilitation services to individuals referred for such services pursuant to subsection (a).

"(c) (1) The Secretary shall, subject to the limitations imposed by paragraphs (2) and (3), pay to the State agency administering a State plan of a State under subsection (b) of this section, the costs incurred each fiscal year which begins after September 30, 1976, and ends prior to October 1, 1979, in carrying out the State plan approved pursuant to such subsection (b).

"(2) (A) Of the funds paid by the Secretary with respect to costs, incurred in any State, to which paragraph (1) applies, not more than 10 per centum thereof shall be paid with respect to costs incurred with respect to activities described in subsection (b) (1) (A), (B), and (C).

"(B) Whenever there are provided pursuant to this section to any child services of a type which is appropriate for children who are not blind or disabled, there shall be disregarded for purposes of computing any payment with respect thereto under this subsection, so much of the costs of such services as would have been incurred if the child involved had not been blind or disabled.

"(C) The total amount payable under this subsection for any fiscal year, with respect to services provided in any State, shall be reduced by the amount by which the sum of the public funds expended (as determined by the Secretary) from non-Federal sources for services of the type involved for such fiscal year is less than the sum of such funds expended from such sources for services of such type for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1976.

"(3) No payment under this subsection with respect to costs incurred in providing services in any State for any fiscal year shall exceed an amount which bears the same ratio to $30,000,000 as the under age 7 population of such State (and for purposes of this section the District of Columbia shall be regarded as a State) bears to the the under age 7 population of the fifty States and the District of Columbia. The Secretary shall promulgate the limitation applicable to each State for each fiscal year under this paragraph on the basis of the most recent satisfactory data available from the Department of Commerce not later than 90 nor earlier than 270 days before the beginning of such year."

(b) Publication of Criteria. // 42 USC 1382d note. // --The Secretary shall, within 120 days after the enactment of this subsection, publish criteria to be employed to determine disability (as defined in section 1614(a) (3) of the Social Security Act) // 42 USC 1382c. // in the case of persons who have not attained the age of 18.

SEC. 502. INCOME OF EACH MEMBER OF MARRIED COUPLE

TO BE

APPLIED SEPARATELY IN DETERMINING SSI BENEFIT

PAYMENTS WHEN ONE OF THEM IS IN AN INSTITUTION.

Section 1611 (e) (1) (B) (ii) of the Social Security Act // 42 USC 1382. // is amended to read as follows:

"(ii) in the case of an individual who has an eligible spouse, if only one of them is in such a hospital, home or facility throughout such month, at a rate not in excess of the sum of--,

"(I) the rate of $300 per year (reduced by the amount of any income, not excluded pursuant to section 1612(b),

// 42 USC 1382a. //

of the one who is in such hospital, home, or facility), and

"(II) the applicable rate specified in subsection (b) (1) (reduced by the amount of any income, not excluded pursuant to section 1612(b), of the other); and".

SEC. 503.

// 42 USC 1396a note. //

PRESERVATION OF MEDICAID ELIGIBILITY FOR

INDIVIDUALS

WHO CEASE TO BE ELIGIBLE FOR SUPPLEMENTAL

SECURITY INCOME BENEFITS ON ACCOUNT OF COST- OF

LIVING INCREASES IN SOCIAL SECURITY BENEFITS.

In addition to other requirements imposed by law as a condition for the approval of any State plan under title XIX of the Social Security Act, // 42 USC 1396. // there is hereby imposed the requirement (and each such State plan shall be deemed to require) that medical assistance under such plan shall be provided to any individual, for any month after June 1977 for which such individual is entitled to a monthly insurance benefit under title II of such Act // 42 USC 401. // but is not eligible for benefits under title XVI of such Act, // 42 USC 1381. // in like manner and subject to the same terms and conditions as are applicable under such State plan in the case of individuals who are eligible for and receiving benefits under such title XVI for such month, if for such month such individual would be (or could become) eligible for benefits under such title XVI except for amounts of income received by such individual and his spouse (if any) which are attributable to increases in the level of monthly insurance benefits payable under title II of such Act which have occurred pursuant to section 215(i) of such Act, in the case of such individual, since the last month after April 1977 for which such individual was both eligible for (and received) benefits under such title XVI and was entitled to a monthly insurance benefit under such title II, and, in the case of such individual's spouse (if any), since the last such month for which such spouse was both eligible for (and received) benefits under such title XVI and was entitled to a monthly insurance benefit under such title II. Solely for purposes of this section, payments of the type described in section 1616(a) of the Social Security Act // 42 USC 1382e. // or of the type described in section 212(a) of Public Law 93-66 // 87 Stat. 155. // shall be deemed to be benefits under title XVI of the Social Security Act.

SEC. 504. STATE SUPPLEMENTATION OF BENEFITS UNDER

SUPPLEMENTAL

SECURITY INCOME PROGRAM.

(a) Limitation on State Costs.--Section 401(a) (2) of the Social Security Amendments of 1972 // 42 USC 1382e note. // is amended--,

(1) by inserting "(subject to the second sentence of this paragraph)" immediately after " Act" where it first appears in subparagraph (B), and

(2) by adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: " In determining the difference between the level specified in subparagraph (A) and the benefits and income described in subparagraph (B) there shall be excluded any part of any such benefit which results from (and would not be payable but for) any cost-of-living increase in such benefits under section 1617 of such Act (or any general increase enacted by law in the dollar amounts referred to in such section) becoming effective after June 30, 1977, and before July 1, 1979.".

(b) Effective Date.--The provisions of this section shall be effective with respect to benefits payable for months after June 1977.

SEC. 505. ELIGIBILITY OF INDIVIDUALS IN CERTAIN

INSTITUTIONS.

(a) In General.--Section 1611(e) (1) of the Social Security Act // 42 USC 1382. // is amended by striking out "subparagraph (B)" in subparagraph (A) and inserting in lieu thereof "subparagraph (B) and (C)"; and by adding at the end thereof the following new subparagraph:

"(C) As used in subparagraph (A), the term 'public institution' does not include a publicly operated community residence which serves no more than 16 residents.".

(b) Conforming Amendment.--Section 1612(b) (6) of such Act is amended by striking out "assistance described in section 1616(a) which" and inserting in lieu thereof "assistance, furnished to or on behalf of such individual (and spouse), which".

(c) Repeal of Limitation on Payment.--Section 1616(e) of such Act // 42 USC 1382e. // is repealed.

(d) States To Establish Standards.--Effective October 1, 1977, section 1616(e) of such Act is amended to read as follows:

"(e) (1) Each State shall establish or designate one or more State or local authorities which shall establish, maintain, and insure the enforcement of standards for any category of institutions, foster homes, or group living arrangements in which (as determined by the State) a significant number of recipients of supplemental security income benefits is residing or is likely to reside. Such standards shall be appropriate to the needs of such recipients and the character of the facilities involved, and shall govern such matters as admission policies, safety, sanitation, and protection of civil rights.

"(2) Each State shall annually make available for public review, as a part of the services program planning procedures established pursuant to section 2004 of this Act, // 42 USC 1397c. // a summary of the standards established pursuant to paragraph (1), and shall make available to any interested individual a copy of such standards, along with the procedures available in the State to insure the enforcement of such standards and a list of any waivers of such standards and any violations of such standards which have come to the attention of the authority responsible for their enforcement.

"(3) Each State shall certify annually to the Secretary that it is in compliance with the requirements of this subsection.

"(4) Payments made under this title with respect to an individual shall be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of any supplementary payment (as described in subsection (a)) or other payment made by a State (or political subdivision thereof) which is made for or on account of any medical or any other type of remedial care provided by an institution of the type described in paragraph (1) to such individual as a resident or an inpatient of such institution if such institution is not approved as meeting the standards described in such paragraph by the appropriate State or local authorities.".

(e) Effective Date. // 42 USC 1382 note. // --The amendments and repeals made by this section, unless otherwise specified therein, shall take effect on October 1, 1976.

SEC. 506. ELECTION OF LOCAL GOVERNMENTS TO USE

REIMBURSEMENT

METHOD.

(a) In General.--Paragraph (2) of section 3309(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 // 26 USC 3309. // (relating to State law requirements) is amended--,

(1) by striking out "an organization" and inserting in lieu thereof "a governmental entity or any other organization",

(2) by striking out "paragraph (1) (A)" and inserting in lieu thereof "paragraph (1)", and

(3) by striking out "that organizations" and inserting in lieu thereof "that governmental entities or other organizations".

(b) Technical Amendment.--Subparagraph (B) of section 3304 (a) (6) of such Code // 26 USC 3304. // is amended by striking out "section 3309(a) (1) (A)" and inserting in lieu thereof "section 3309(a) (1)".

(c) Effective Date. // 26 USC 3304 note. // --The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to certifications of States for 1978 and subsequent years, but only with respect to services performed after December 31, 1977.

SEC. 507. AFDC BENEFITS WHERE UNEMPLOYED FATHER

RECEIVES

UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION.

(a) In General.--Section 407(b) (2) of the Social Security Act // 42 USC 607. // is amended--,

(1) by striking out "and" at the end of subparagraph (B);

and

(2) by striking out subparagraph (C) and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

"(C) for the denial of aid to families with dependent children to any child or relative specified in subsection (a)--,

"(i) if and for so long as such child's father, unless exempt under section 402(a) (19) (A), is not registered pursuant to such section for the work incentive program established under part C of this title, or, if he is exempt under such section by reason of clause (iii) thereof or no such program in which he can effectively participate has been established or provided under section 432(a), is not registered with the public employment offices in the State, and

"(ii) with respect to any week for which such child's father qualifies for unemployment compensation under an unemployment compensation law of a State or of the United States, but refuses to apply for or accept such unemployment compensation; and

"(D) for the reduction of the aid to families with dependent children otherwise payable to any child or relative specified in subsection (a) by the amount of any unemployment compensation that such child's father receives under an unemployment compensation law of a State or of the United States.".

(b) Conforming Provision.--Section 407(d) (3) of such Act is amended by inserting ", for purposes of section 407(b) (1) (C)," before "be deemed".

(c) Effective Date. // 42 USC 607 note. // --The amendments made by the preceding provisions of this section shall be effective with respect to months after (and weeks beginning in months after) the date of the enactment of this Act.

(d) Simplification of Procedures.--Section 407 of the Social Security Act is further amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection:

"(e) The Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare and the Secretary of Labor shall jointly enter into an agreement with each State which is able and willing to do so for the purpose of (1) simplifying the procedures to be followed by unemployed fathers and other unemployed persons in such State in registering pursuant to section 402(a) (19) // 42 USC 602. // for the work incentive program established by part C of this title // 42 USC 630 et seq. // and in registering with public employment offices (under this section and otherwise) or in connection with applications for unemployment compensation, by reducing the number of locations or agencies where such persons must go in order to register for such programs and in connection with such applications, and (2) providing where possible for a single registration satisfying this section and the requirements of both the work incentive program and the applicable unemployment compensation laws.".

SEC. 508. STATE EMPLOYMENT OFFICES TO SUPPLY DATA

IN AID

OF ADMINISTRATION OF AFDC AND CHILD SUPPORT

PROGRAMS.

(a) In General.--Section 3(a) of the Act entitled " An Act to provide for the establishment of a national employment system and for cooperation with the States in the promotion of such system, and for other purposes", approved June 6, 1933 (29 U.S.C. 49b(a)), is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: " It shall be the further duty of the bureau to assure that such employment offices in each State, upon request of a public agency administering or supervising the administration of a State plan approved under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act // 42 USC 601 et seq. // or of a public agency charged with any duty or responsibility under any program or activity authorized or required under part D of title IV of such Act, // 42 USC 651 et seq. // shall (and, notwithstanding any other provision of law, is hereby authorized to) furnish to such agency making the request, from any data contained in the files of any such employment office, information with respect to any individual specified in the request as to (A) whether such individual is receiving, has received, or has made application for, unemployment compensation, and the amount of any such compensation being received by such individual, (B) the current (or most recent) home address of such individual, and (C) whether such individual has refused an offer of employment and, if so, a description of the employment so offered and terms, conditions, and rate of pay therefor.".

(b) Provision for Reimbursement of Expenses. // 42 USC 603a // --For purposes of section 403 of the Social Security Act, expenses incurred to reimburse State employment offices for furnishing information requested of such offices pursuant to the third sentence of section 3(a) of the Act entitled " An Act to provide for the establishment of a national employment system and for cooperation with the States in the promotion of such system, and for other purposes", approved June 6, 1933 (29 U.S.C. 49b(a), by a State or local agency administering a State plan approved under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act shall be considered to constitute expenses incurred in the administration of such State plan; and for purposes of section 455 of the Social Security Act, // 42 USC 655. // expenses incurred to reimburse State employment offices for furnishing information so requested by a State or local agency charged with the duty of carrying out a State plan for child supporrt approved under part D of title IV of the Social Security Act shall be considered to constitute expenses incurred in the administration of such State plan.

TITLE VI-- SPECIAL UNEMPLOYMENT ASSISTANCE AMENDMENTS SEC. 601. EXTENSION OF SPECIAL UNEMPLOYMENT

ASSISTANCE

PROGRAM.

(a) Section 208 // 26 USC 3304 note. // of the Emergency Jobs and Unemployment Assistance Act of 1974 is amended to read as follows:

" TERMINATION DATE

" Sec. 208. Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, no payment of assistance under this part shall be made to any individual with respect to any week of unemployment ending after June 30, 1978; and no individual shall be entitled to any assistance under this part with respect to any initial claim for assistance or waiting period credit which is effective in a week beginining after December 31, 1977.".

SEC. 602. ELIMINATION OF SPECIAL BASE PERIOD FOR

PAYMENTS OF

SPECIAL UNEMPLOYMENT ASSISTANCE.

(a) Paragraph (1) of section 203(a) // 26 USC 3304 note. // of the Emergency Jobs and Unemployment Assistance Act of 1974 is amended by striking out " Provided, That" and all that follows down through "; and" at the end thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following: " Provided, That the individual meets the qualifying employment and wage requirements of the applicable State unemployment compensation law in the base period; and, for purposes of this proviso, employment and wages which are not covered by the State law shall be treated as through they were covered, except that employment and wages covered by any State or Federal unemployment compensation law, including the Railroad Unemployment Insurance Act (45 U.S.C. 351 et seq.), shall be excluded to the extent that the individual is or was entitled to compensation for unemployment thereunder on the basis of such employment and wages; and".

(b) Subsection (a) of section 205 of such Act is amended by striking out "law: Provided, That" and all that follows down through the period at the end thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following: "law. For purposes of the preceding sentence, employment and wages which are not covered by the applicable State unemployment compensation law shall be treated as though they were covered, except that employment and wages covered by any State or Federal unemployment compensation law, including the Railroad Unemployment Insurance Act (45 U.S.C. 351 et seq.), shall be excluded to the extent that the individual is or was entitled to compensation for unemployment thereunder on the basis of such employment and wages.".

(c) Subsection (a) of section 206 of such Act is amended by striking out "section 205: Provided, That" and all that follows down through the period at the end thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following: "section 205. For purposes of the preceding sentence, employment and wages which are not covered by the applicable State unemployment compensation law shall be treated as though they were covered, except that employment and wages covered by any State or Federal unemployment compensation law, including the Railroad Unemployment Insurance Act (45 U.S.C. 351 et seq.", shall be excluded to the extent that the individual is or was entitled to compensation for unemployment thereunder on the basis of such employment and wages.".

(d) Subsection (a) of section 210 of such Act is amended--,

(1) by striking out "and" at the end of paragraph (5); and

(2) by striking out paragraph (6) and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

"(6) 'special unemployment assistance benefit year' means the benefit year as defined by the applicable State unemployment compensation law; and

"(7) 'base period' means the base period as determined under the applicable State unemployment compensation law.".

(e) The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to benefit years beginning after December 31, 1976. In the case of any benefit year of an individual which begins after December 31, 1976, for purposes of sections 203(a) (1), 205(a), and 206(a) of the Emergency Jobs and Unemployment Assistance Act of 1974, there shall not be taken into account any employment and wages to the extent that such individual was entitled on the basis of such employment and %ages to assistance under such Act during a benefit year beginning before January 1, 1977.

SEC. 603. DENIAL OF SPECIAL UNEMPLOYMENT ASSISTANCE

TO NONPROFESSIONAL

EMPLOYEES OF EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS

DURING PERIODS BETWEEN ACADEMIC TERMS.

(a) Section 203 of the Emergency Jobs and Unemployment Assistance Act of 1974 // 26 USC 3304 note. // is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection:

"(c) An individual who performs services for an educational institution or agency in a capacity (other than an instructional, research, or principal administrative capacity) shall not be eligible to receive a payment of assistance or a waiting period credit with respect to any week commencing during a period between two successive academic years or terms if--,

"(1) such individual performed such services for any educational institution or agency in the first of such academic years or terms; and

"(2) there is a reasonable assurance that such individual will perform services for any educational institution or agency in any capacity (other than an instructional, research, or principal administrative capacity) in the second of such academic years or terms."

(b) The amendment made by subsection (a) shall apply to weeks of unemployment beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act.

SEC. 604. MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENTS.

The Secretary of Labor shall, at the earliest practicable date after the date of the enactment of this Act, propose to each State with which he has in effect an agreement under section 202 of the Emergency Jobs and Unemployment Assistance Act of 1974 a modification of such agreement designed to provide for the payment of special unemployment assistance under such Act in accordance with the amendments made by sections 601, 602, and 603 of this title. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, if any State fails or refuses, within the three-week period beginning on the date the Secretary of Labor proposes such a modification to such State, to enter into such a modification of such agreement, the Secretary of Labor shall terminate such agreement effective with the end of the last week which ends on or before the last day of such three-week period.

Approved October 20, 1976.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

HOUSE REPORTS: No. 94 - 755 (Comm. on Ways and Means) and No. 94 - 1745 (Comm. of Conference).

SENATE REPORT No. 94 - 1265 (Comm. on Finance).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 122 (1976): July 19, 20, considered and passed House. Sept. 29, considered and passed Senate, amended. Oct. 1, House and Senate agreed to conference report; house receded and concurred in certain Senate amendments and to others with amendments; Senate agreed to House amendments.

PUBLIC LAW 94-565, 90 STAT. 2603, LOCAL GOVERNMENT UNITS.

94TH CONGRESS, H.R. 9719 OCTOBER 20, 1976
An Act To provide for certain payments to be made to local governments by the Secretary of the Interior based upon the amount of certain public lands within the boundaries of such locality.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, // 31 USC 1601. // That effective for fiscal years beginning on and after October 1, 1976, the Secretary is authorized and directed to make payments on a fiscal year basis to each unit of local government in which entitlement lands (as defined in section 6) are located. Such payments may be used by such unit for any governmental purpose. The amount of such payments shall be computed as provided in section 2.

Sec. 2. // 31 USC 1602. // (a) The amount of any payment made for any fiscal year to a unit of local government under section 1 shall be equal to the greater of the following amounts--,

(1) 75 cents for each acre of entitlement land located within the boundaries of such unit of local government (but not in excess of the population limitation determined under subsection (b)), reduced (but not below 0) by the aggregate amount of payments, if any, received by such unit of local government during the preceding fiscal year under all of the provisions specified in section 4, or

(2) 10 cents for each acre of entitlement land located within the boundaries of such unit of local government (but not in excess of the population limitation determined under subsection (b)).

In the case of any payment under a provision specified in section 4 which is received by a State, the Governor (or his delegate) shall submit to the Secretary a statement respecting the amount of such payment which is transferred to each unit of local government within the State.

(b) (1) In the case of any unit of local government having a population of less than five thousand, the population limitation applicable to such unit of local government shall not exceed an amount equal to $50 multiplied by the population within the jurisdiction of such unit of local government.

(2) In the case of any unit of local government having a population of five thousand or more, the population limitation applicable to such unit of local government shall not exceed the amount computed under the following table (using a population figure rounded off to the nearest thousand): If population Payment shall not exceed the equals--, amount computed by multiplying such population by--, 5,000-------------------------$50.00 6,000-------------------------47.00 7,000-------------------------44.00 8,000-------------------------41,00 9,000-------------------------38,00 10,000------------------------35,000 11,000------------------------34,00 12,000------------------------33.00 13,000------------------------32.00 Payment shall not exceed the If population amount computed by multiplying equals--, such population by--, 14,000------------------------31.00 15,000------------------------30.00 16,000------------------------29.50 17,000------------------------29.00 18,000------------------------28.50 19,000------------------------28.00 20,000------------------------27.50 21,000------------------------27.20 22,000------------------------26.90 23,000------------------------26.60 24,000------------------------26.30 25,000------------------------26.00 26,000------------------------25,80 27,000------------------------25.60 28,000------------------------25.40 29,000------------------------25.20 30,000------------------------25.00 31,000------------------------24.75 32,000------------------------24.50 33,000------------------------24.25 34,000------------------------24.00 35,000------------------------23.75 36,000------------------------23.50 37,000------------------------23.25 38,000------------------------23.00 39,000------------------------22.75 40,000------------------------22.50 41,000------------------------22.25 42,000------------------------22.00 43,000------------------------21.75 44,000------------------------21.50 45,000------------------------21.25 46,000------------------------21.00 47,000------------------------20.75 48,000------------------------20.50 49.000------------------------20.25 50,000------------------------20.00

For the purpose of this computation no unit of local government shall be credited with a population greater than fifty thousand.

(c) For purposes of this section, "population" shall be determined on the same basis as resident population is determined by the Bureau of the Census for general statistical purposes.

(d) In the case of a smaller unit of local government all or part of which is located within another unit of local government, entitlement lands which are within the jurisdiction of both such units shall be treated for purposes of this section as only within the jurisdiction of such smaller unit.

Sec. 3. // 31 USC 1603. // (a) In the case of any land or interest therein, acquired by the United States (i) for the Redwood National Park pursuant to the Act of October 2, 1968 (82 Stat. 931) or (ii) acquired for addition to the National Park System or National Forest Wilderness Areas after December 31, 1970, which was subject to local real property taxes within the five years preceding such acquisition, the Secretary is authorized and directed to make payments to counties within the jurisdiction of which such lands or interests therein are located, in addition to payments under section 1. The counties, under guidelines established by the Secretary, shall distribute the payments on a proportional basis to those units of local government and affected school districts which have incurred losses of real property taxes due to the acquisition of lands or interests therein for addition to either such system. In those cases in which another unit of local government other than the county acts as the collecting and distributing agency for real property taxes, the payments shall be made to such unit of local government, which shall distribute such payments as provided in this subsection. The Secretary may prescribe regulations under which payments may be made to units of local government in any case in which the preceding provisions will not carry out the purposes of this subsection.

(b) Payments authorized under this section shall be made on a fiscal year basis beginning with the later of--,

(1) the fiscal year beginning October 1, 1976, or

(2) the first full fiscal year beginning after the fiscal year in which such lands or interests therein are acquired by the United States.

Such payments may be used by the affected local governmental unit for any governmental purpose.

(c) (1) The amount of any payment made for any fiscal year to any unit of local government and affected school districts under subsection (a) shall be an amount equal to 1 per centum of the fair market value of such lands and interests therein on the date on which acquired by the United States. If, after the date of enactment of legislation authorizing any unit of the National Park System or National Forest Wilderness Areas as to which a payment is authorized under subsection (a), rezoning increases the value of the land or any interest therein, the fair market value for the purpose of such payments shall be computed as if such land had not been rezoned.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the payment made for any fiscal year to a unit of local government under subsection (a) shall not exceed the amount of real property taxes assessed and levied on such property during the last full fiscal year before the fiscal year in which such land or interest was acquired for addition to the National Park System or National Forest Wilderness Areas.

(d) No payment shall be made under this section with respect to any land or interest therein after the fifth full fiscal year beginning after the first fiscal year in which such a payment was made with respect to such land or interest therein.

Sec. 4. // 31 USC 1604. // The provisions of law referred to in section 2 are as follows:

(1) the Act of May 23, 1908, entitled " An Act making ppeopeiriona for the Department of Agriculture for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and nine" (35 Stat. 251; 16 U.S.C. 500);

(2) the Act of June 20, 1910, entitled " An Act to enable the people of New Mexico to form a constitution and State government and be admitted into the Union on an equal footing with the original States, and to enable the people of Arizona to form a constitution and State government and be admitted into the Union on an equal footing with the original States" (36 Stat. 557);

(3) section 35 of the Act of February 25, 1920, entitled

An Act to promote the mining of coal, phosphate, oil, oil shale, gas, and sodium on the public domain", commonly known as the " Mineral Lands Leasing Act" (41 Stat. 450; 30 U.S.C. 191);

(4) section 17 of the Federal Power Act (41 Stat. 1072; 16 U. S.C. 810);

(5) section 10 of the Taylor Grazing Act (48 Stat. 1273; 43 U.S.C. 315i);

(6) section 33 of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act (50 Stat. 526; 7 U.S.C. 1012);

(7) section 5 of the Act entitled " To safeguard and consolidate certain areas of exceptional public value within the Superior National Forest, State of Minnesota, and for other purposes", approved June 22, 1948 (62 Stat. 570; 16 U.S.C. 577g);

(8) section 5 of the Act entitled " An Act to amend the Act of June 22, 1948 (62 Stat. 568) and for other purposes" approved June 22, 1956 (70 Stat. 366: 16 U.S.C. 577g-1);

(9) section 6 of the Mineral Leasing Act for Acquired Lands (61 Stat. 915; 30 U.S.C. 355); and

(10) section 3 of the Materials Disposal Act (61 Stat. 681; 30 U.S.C. 603).

Sec. 5. // 31 USC 1605. // (a) No unit of local government which receives any payment with respect to any land under the Act of August 28, 1937 (50 Stat. 875), or the Act of May 24, 1939 (53 Stat. 753), during any fiscal year shall be eligible to receive any payment under this Act for such fiscal year with respect to such land. Nothing in this Act shall be construed to apply to the Act of August 28, 1937 (50 Stat. 875), or the Act of May 24, 1939 (53 Stat. 753).

(b) If the total payment by the Secretary to any county or unit of local government under this Act would be less than $100, such payment shall not be made.

Sec. 6. // 31 USC 1606. // As used in this Act, the term--,

(a) "entitlement lands" means lands owned by the United States that are--,

(1) within the National Park System, the National Forest System, including wilderness areas within each or any combination thereof, including, but not limited to, lands described in section 2 of the Act referred to in paragraph (7) of section 4 of this Act (16 U.S.C. 577d) and the first section of the Act referred to in paragraph (8) of this Act (16 U.S.C. 577d-1);

(2) administered by the Secretary of the Interior through the Bureau of Land Management;

(3) dedicated to the use of water resource development projects of the United States;

(4) nothing in this section shall authorize any payments to any unit of local government for any lands otherwise entitled to receive payments pursuant to subsection (a) of this section if such lands were owned and/or administered by a State or local unit of government and exempt from the payment of real estate taxes at the time title to such lands is conveyed to the United States; or

(5) dredge disposal areas owned by the United States under the jurisdiction of the Army Corps of Engineers;

(b) " Secretary" means the Secretary of the Interior; and

(c) "unit of local government" means a county, parish, township, municipality, borough existing in the State of Alaska on the date of enactment of this Act, or other unit of government below the State which is a unit of general government as determined by the Secretary (on the basis of the same principles as are used by the Bureau of the Census for general statistical purposes). Such term also includes the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, and the Virgin Islands.

Sec. 7. // 31 USC 1607. // There are authorized to be appropriated for carrying out the provisions of this Act such sums as may be necessary: Provided, That, notwithstanding any other provision of this Act no funds may be made available except to the extent provided in advance in appropriation Acts.

Approved October 20, 1976.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

HOUSE REPORT No. 94 - 1106 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs).

SENATE REPORT No. 94 - 1262 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 122 (1976): Aug. 5, considered and passed House. Oct. 1, considered and passed Senate.

PUBLIC LAW 94-564, 90 STAT. 2660, BRENTON WOODS AGREEMENTS ACT, AMENDMENTS.

94TH CONGRESS, H.R. 13955 OCTOBER 19, 1976
An Act To provide for amendment of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act, and for other purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That the Bretton Woods Agreements Act (22 U.S.C. 286-286k-2) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sections:

" Sec. 24. // 22 USC 286e-5. // The United States Governor of the Fund is authorized to accept the amendments to the Articles of Agreement of the Fund approved in resolution numbered 31 - 4 of the Board of Governors of the Fund.

" Sec. 25. // 22 USC 286e-6, // The United States Governor of the Fund is authorized to consent to an increase in the quota of the United States in the Fund equivalent to 1,705 million Special Drawing Rights.

" Sec. 26. // 22 USC 286e-6, // The United States Governor of the Fund is directed to vote against the establishment of a Council authorized under Article XII, Section 1 of the Fund Articles of Agreement as amended, if under any circumstances the United States' vote in the Council would be less than its weighted vote in the Fund.".

SEC. 2. Section 3 of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act (22 U.S.C. 286a) shall be amended as follows:

(1) section 3(c) shall be amended to read as follows:

"(c) Should the provisions of Schedule D of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund apply, the Governor of the Fund shall also serve as councillor, shall designate an alternate for the councillor, and may designate associates.";

(2) a new section 3(d) shall be added to read as follows

"(d) No person shall be entitled to receive any salary or other compensation from the United States for services as a Governor, executive director, councillor, alternate, or associate.".

Sec. 3. The first sentence of section 5 of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act (22 U.S.C. 286c) is amended to read as follows: " Unless Congress by law authorizes such action, neither the President nor any person or agency shall on behalf of the United States (a) request or consent to any change in the quota of the United States under article III, section 2(a), of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund; (b) propose a par value for the United States dollar under paragraph 2, paragraph 4, or paragraph 10 of schedule C of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund; (c) propose any change in the par value of the United States dollar under paragraph 6 of schedule C of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund, or approve any general change in par values under paragraph 11 of schedule C; (d) subscribe to additional shares of stock under article II, section 3, of the Articles of Agreement of the Bank; (e) accept any amendment under article XXVIII of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund or article VIII of the Articles of Agreement of the Bank; (f) make any loan to the Fund or the Bank; (g) approve the establishment of any additional trust fund, for the special benefit of a single member, or of a particular segment of the membership, of the Fund.".

Sec. 4. The first sentence of section 17(a) of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act (22 U.S.C. 286e-2(a)) is amended to read as follows: " In order to carry out the purposes of the decision of January 5, 1962, of the Executive Directors of the International Monetary Fund, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to make loans, not to exceed $2,000,000,000 outstanding at any one time, to the Fund under article VII, section 1(i), of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund.".

Sec. 5. // 22 USC 286o. // The Special Drawing Rights Act (22 U.S. C. 286n-r) is amended by:

(1) deleting "article XXIV" in section 3(a) and inserting in lieu thereof "article XVIII";

(2) deleting "article XXVI, article XXX, and article XXXI" in section 3(b), wherever it appears, and inserting in lieu thereof carticle XX, article XXIV, and article XXV";

(3)

// 22 USC 286q. //

deleting "article XXIV" in section 6 and inserting in lieu thereof "article XVIII";

(4)

// 22 USC 286r. //

deleting "article XXVII(B)" in section ( and inserting in lieu thereof "article XXI(B)".

Sec. 6. Section 2 of the Par Value Modification Act (31 U.S.C. 449) // 31 USC 449. // is hereby repealed.

Sec. 7. Section 10(a) of the Gold Reserve Act of 1934 (31 U.S.C. 822a(a)) is amended to read as follows:

" Sec. 10. (a) The Secretary of the Treasury, with the approval of the President, directly or through such agencies as he may designate, is authorized, for the account of the fund established in this section, to deal in gold and foreign exchange and such other instruments of credit and securities as he may deem necessary to and consistent with the United States obligations in the International Monetary Fund. The Secretary of the Treasury shall annually make a report on the operations of the fund to the President and to the Congress.".

Sec. 8. Section 14(c) of the Gold Reserve Act of 1934 (31 U.S.C. 405b) is amended to read as follows: " The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to issue gold certificates in such form and in such denominations as he may determine, against any gold held by the United States Treasury. The amount of gold certificates issued and outstanding shall at no time exceed the value, at the legal standard provided in section 2 of the Par Value Modification Act (31 U.S.C. 449) on the date of enactment of this amendment, of the gold so held against gold certificates.".

Sec. 9. // 22 USC 286a note. // The amendments made by sections 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 of this Act shall become effective upon entry into force of the amendments to the Articles of Agreement of the International Monetary Fund approved in Resolution Numbered 31 - 4 of the Board of Governors of the Fund.

Approved October 19, 1976.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

HOUSE REPORT No. 94 - 1284 (Comm. on Banking, Currency, and Housing).

SENATE REPORTS: No. 94 - 1148 (Comm. on Foreign Relations) and No. 94 - 1295 (Comm. on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD Vol. 122 (1976): June 22, July 27, considered and passed House. Oct. 1, considered and passed Senate.

WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 12, No. 43: Oct. 21, Presidential statement.

PUBLIC LAW 94-563, 90 STAT. 2655

94 TH CONGRESS, H. R. 15571 OCTOBER 20, 1976
An Act To amend chapter 21 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 and title II of the Social Security Act to provide that the payment of social security taxes by a nonprofit organization with respect to its employees shall constitute (for both tax and benefit purposes) a constructive filing by such organization of the certificate otherwise required to provide social security coverage for such employees if it has not received a refund or credit of such taxes, and to require the filing of such a certificate by any nonprofit organization which paid such taxes but received a refund or credit because it had not previously filed such certificate.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That (a) section 210 (a) (8) (B) of the Social Security Act // 42 USC 410. // is amended--,

(1) by inserting after "filed pursuant to section 3121(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954" in the matter preceding clause (i) the following: "(or deemed to have been so filed under paragraph (4) or (5) of such section 3121(k))";

(2) by inserting after "filed" in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) the following: "(or deemed to have been filed)"; and

(3) by striking out "is in effect" in the matter following clause (iii) and inserting in lieu thereof "is (or is deemed to be ) in effect".

(b) Section 3121(b) (8) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (relating to exclusion of certain services from definition of employment) is amended--,

(1) by inserting after "filed pursuant to subsection (k) (or the corresponding subsection of prior law)" in the matter preceding clause (i) the following: "or deemed to have been so filed under paragraph (4) or (5) of such subsection";

(2) by inserting after "filed" in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) the following: "(or deemed to have been filed)"; and

(3) by striking out "is in effect" in the matter following clause (iii) and inserting in lieu thereof "is (or is deemed to be) in effect".

(c) Section 3121(k) of such Code (relating to exemption of religious, charitable, and certain other organizations) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraphs:

"(4) CONSTRUCTIVE FILING OF CERTIFICATE WHERE NO REFUND OR CREDIT OF TAXES HAS BEEN MADE.--,

"(A) In any case where--,

"(i) an organization described in section 501(c) (3) which is exempt from income tax under section 501(a) has not filed a valid waiver certificate under paragraph (1) of this subsection (or under the corresponding provision of prior law) as of the date of the enactment of this paragraph or any subsequent date, but

"(ii) the taxes imposed by sections 3101 and 3111 have been paid with respect to the remuneration paid by such organization to its employees, as though such a certificate had been filed, during any period (subject to subparagraph (B) (i)) of not less than three consecutive calendar quarters, such organization shall be deemed (except as provided in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph) for purposes of subsection (b) (8) (B) and section 210(a) (8) (B) of the Social Security Act,

// 42 USC 410. //

to have filed a valid waiver certificate under paragraph (1) of this subsection (or under the corresponding provision of prior law) on the first day of the period described in clause (ii) of this subparagraph effective on the first day of the calendar quarter in which such period began, and to have accompanied such certificate with a list containing the signature, address, and social security number (if any) of each employee with respect to whom the taxes described in such subparagraph were paid (and each such employee shall be deemed for such purposes to have concurred in the filing of the certificate).

"(B) Subparagraph (A) shall not apply with respect to any organization if--,

"(i) the period referred to in clause (ii) of such subparagraph (in the case of that organization) terminated before the end of the earliest calendar quarter falling wholly or partly within the time limitation (as defined in section 205(c) (1) (B) of the Social Security Act)

// 42 USC 405. //

immediately preceding the date of the enactment of this paragraph, or

"(ii) a refund or credit of any part of the taxes which were paid as described in clause (ii) of such subparagraph with respect to remuneration for services performed on or after the first day of the earliest calendar quarter falling wholly or partly within the time limitation (as defined in section 205(c) (1) (B) of the Social Security Act) immediately preceding the date of enactment of this paragraph (other than a refund or credit which would have been allowed if a valid waiver certificate filed under paragraph (1) had been in effect) has been obtained by the organization or its employees prior to September 9, 1976.

"(5) CONSTRUCTIVE FILING OF CERTIFICATE WHERE REFUND OR CREDIT HAS BEEN MADE AND NEW CERTIFICATE IS NOT FILED.-- In any case where--,

"(A) an organization described in section 501(c) (3)

// 26 USC 501. //

which is exempt from income tax under section 501(a) would be deemed under paragraph (4) of this subsection to have filed a valid waiver certificate under paragraph (1) if it were not excluded from such paragraph (4) (pursuant to subparagraph (B) (ii) thereof) because a refund or credit of all or a part of the taxes described in paragraph (4) (A) (ii) was obtained prior to September 9, 1976; and

"(B) such organization has not, prior to the expiration of 180 days after the date of the enactment of this paragraph, filed a valid waiver certificate under paragraph (1) which is effective for a period beginning on or before the first day of the first calendar quarter with respect to which such refund or credit was made (or, if later, with the first day of the earliest calendar quarter for which such certificate may be in effect under paragraph (1) (B) (iii)) and which is accompanied by the list described in paragraph (1) (A), such organization shall be deemed, for purposes of subsection (b) (8) (B) and section 210(a) (8) (B) of the Social Security Act, to have filed a valid waiver certificate under paragraph (1) of this subsection on the 181st day after the date of the enactment of this paragraph, effective for the period beginning on the first day of the first calendar quarter with respect to which the refund or credit referred to in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph was made (or, if later, with the first day of the earliest calendar quarter falling wholly or partly within the time limitation (as defined in section 205(c) (1) (B) of the Social Security Act)

// 42 USC 405. //

immediately preceding the date of the enactment of this paragraph), and to have accompanied such certificate with a list containing the signature, address, and social security number (if any) of each employee described in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (4) including any employee with respect to whom taxes were refunded or credited as described in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph (and each such employee shall be deemed for such purposes to have concurred in the filing of the certificate). A certificate which is deemed to have been filed by an organization on such 181st day shall supersede any certificate which may have been actually filed by such organization prior to that day except to the extent prescribed by the Secretary or his delegate.

"(6) Application of certain provisions to cases of constructive filing.--All of the provisions of this subsection (other than subparagraphs (B), (F), and (H) of paragraph (1)), including the provisions requiring payment of taxes under sections 3101 // 26 USC 3101. // and 3111 // 26 USC 3111. // with respect to the services involved, shall apply with respect to any certificate which is deemed to have been filed by an organization on any day under paragraph (4) or (5), in the same way they would apply if the certificate had been actually filed on that day under paragraph (1); except that--,

"(A) the provisions relating to the filing of supplemental lists of concurring employees in the third sentence of paragraph (1) (A), and in paragraph (1) (C), shall apply to the extent prescribed by the Secretary or his delegate;

"(B) the provisions of paragraph (1) (E) shall not apply unless the taxes described in paragraph (4) (A) (ii) were paid by the organization as though a separate certificate had been filed with respect to one or both of the groups to which such provisions relate; and

"(C) the action of the organization in obtaining the refund or credit described in paragraph (5) (A) shall not be considered a termination of such organization's coverage period for purposes of paragraph (3). Any organization which is deemed to have filed a waiver certificate under paragraph (4) or (5) shall be considered for purposes of section 3102(b) to have been required to deduct the taxes imposed by section 3101 with respect to the services involved.

"(7) Both employee and employer taxes payable by organization for retroactive period in cases of constructive filing.--, Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, in any case where an organization described in paragraph (5) (A) has not filed a valid waiver certificate under paragraph (1) prior to the expiration of 180 days after the date of the enactment of this paragraph and is accordingly deemed under paragraph (5) to have filed such a certificate on the 181st day after such date, the taxes due under section 3101, with respect to services constituting employment by reason of such certificate for any period prior to the first day of the calendar quarter in which such 181st day occurs (along with the taxes due under section 3111 // 26 USC 3111. // with respect to such services and the amount of any interest paid in connection with the refund or credit described in paragraph (5) (A)) shall be paid by such organization from its own funds and without any deduction from the wages of the individuals who performed such services; and those individuals shall have no liability for the payment of such taxes.

"(8) Extended period for payment of taxes for retroactive COVERAGE.-- Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, in any case where an organization described in paragraph (5) (A) files a valid waiver certificate under paragraph (1) by the end of the 180-day period following the date of the enactment of this paragraph as described in paragraph (5) (B), or (not having filed such a certificate within that period) is deemed under paragraph (5) to have filed such a certificate on the 181st day following that date, the taxes due under sections 3101 and 3111 // 26 USC 3101. // with respect to services constituting employment by reason of such certificate for any period prior to the first day of the calendar quarter in which the date of such filing or constructive filing occurs may be paid in installments over an appropriate period of time, as determined under regulations prescribed by the Secretary or his delegate, rather than in a lump sum.".

(d) The amendments made by this section // 26 USC 3121 note. // shall apply with respect to services performed after 1950, to the extent covered by waiver certificates filed or deemed to have been filed under section 3121(k) (4) or (5) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (as added by such amendments).

Sec. 2. // 26 USC 3121 note. // Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no refund or credit of any tax paid under section 3101 or 3111 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 by an organization described in section 501(c) (3) of such Code which is exempt from income tax under section 501(a) of such Code shall be made on or after September 9, 1976, by reason of such organization's failure to file a waiver certificate under section 3121(k) (1) of such Code (or the corresponding provision of prior law), if such organization is deemed to have filed such a certificate under section 3121(k) (4) of such Code (as added by the first section of this Act).

Sec. 3. // 26 USC 3121 note. // In any case where--,

(1) an individual performed service, as an employee of an organization which is deemed under section 3121(k) (5) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 to have filed a waiver certificate under section 3121(k) (1) of such Code, at any time prior to the period for which such certificate is effective;

(2) the taxes imposed by section 3101 and 3111 of such Code were paid with respect to remuneration paid for such service, but such service (or any part thereof) does not constitute employment (as defined in section 210(a) of the Social Security Act and section 3121( b) of such Code) because the applicable taxes so paid were refunded or credited (otherwise than through a refund or credit which would have been allowed if a valid waiver certificate filed under section 3121(k) (1) of such Code had been in effect) prior to September 9, 1976; and

(3) any portion of such service (with respect to which taxes were paid and refunded or credited as described in paragraph (2)) would constitute employment (as so defined) if the organization had actually filed under section 3121(k) (1) of such Code // 26 USC 3121. // a valid waiver certificate effective as provided in section 3121(k) (5) (B) thereof (with such individual's signature appearing on the accompanying list), the remuneration paid for the portion of such service described in paragraph (3) shall, upon the request of such individual (filed in such manner and form, and with such official, as may be prescribed by regulations made under title II of the Social Security Act) // 42 USC 401 // accompanied by full repayment of the taxes which were paid under section 3101 of such Code // 26 USC 3101. // with respect to such remuneration and so refunded or credited, be deemed to constitute remuneration for employment as so defined. In any case where remuneration paid by an organization to an individual is deemed under the preceding sentence to constitute remuneration for employment, such organization shall be liable (notwithstanding any other provision of such Code) for repayment of any taxes which it paid under section 3111 of such Code // 26 USC 3111. // with respect to such remuneration and which were refunded or credited to it.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

HOUSE REPORT No. 94 - 1711 (Comm. 3( Ways and Means).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol 122 (1976): Sept. 30, considered and passed House. Oct. 1, considered and passed Senate.

PUBLIC LAW 94-562, 90 STAT. 2645, ARTHRITIS, DIABETES, AND DIGESTIVE DISEASE AMENDMENTS of 1976.

94TH CONGRESS, S. 2910 OCTOBER 19, 1976
An Act To amend the Public Health Service Act to revise and extend provisions respecting arthritis, diabetes, and digestive diseases.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That (a) this Act may be cited as the " Arthritis, Diabetes, and Digestive Disease Amendments of 1976." // 42 USC 201 note. //

(b) Whenever in this Act an amendment or repeal is expressed in terms of an amendment to, or repeal of, a section or other provision, the reference shall be considered to be made to a section or other provision of the Public Health Service Act. // 42 USC 201 note. //

TITLE I--ARTHRITIS AND RELATED MUSCULOSKELETAL DISEASES ARTHRITIS DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS AND DATA SYSTEM

SEC. 101. (a) Section 438(a) is amended--, // 42 USC 289c-5. //

(1) by striking out "prevention,"; and

(2) by striking out "data bank" and inserting in lieu thereof "data system".

(b) Section 438 (b) is amended--,

(1) by striking out "and" at the end of paragraph (3); (2) by striking out the period at the end of paragraph (4) and inserting in lieu thereof ";and"; and

(3) by adding after paragraph (4) the following new paragraph:

"(5) emphasize the development and demonstration of new and improved methods for the dissemination to the general public of information--,

"(A) on the importance of early detection of arthritis, of seeking prompt treatment, and of following an appropriate regimen; and

"(B) to discourage the promotion and use of unapproved and ineffective diagnostic, preventive, treatment, and control methods for arthritis and unapproved and ineffective drugs and devices for arthritis.".

(c) Section 438(c) (1) is amended--,

(1) by striking out " Screening and Detection Data Bank" and inserting in lieu thereof " Data System"; and

(2) by striking out "useful in screening, prevention, and early detection involving" and inserting in lieu thereof "derived from".

(d) Section 438(d) is amended--,

(1) by inserting "(1)" after "(d)"; and

(2) by inserting at the end thereof the following new paragraphs:

"(2) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out subsections (a) and (b) $3,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1978, $4,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1979, and $5,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1980.

"(3) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out subsection (c) $1,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1978, $1,250,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30,1979, and $1,500,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1980.".

(e) The heading to section 438 // 42 USC 289c-5. // is amended to read as follows: " ARTHRITIS DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS AND DATA SYSTEM".

MULTIPURPOSE ARTHRITIS CENTERS

Sec. 102. // 42 USC 289c-6. // Section 439 is amended--,

(1) by inserting ", and in research in arthritis" in subsection (b) (2) (B) before the semicolon at the end thereof;

(2) by amending subsection (f) to read as follows:

"(f) Support of a center under this section may be for a period of not to exceed three years and may be extended by the Director of the National Institute of Arthritis, Metabolism, and Digestive Diseases for additional periods of not more than three years each, after review of the operations of such center by an appropriate scientitic review group established by the Director of the National Institute of Arthritis, Metabolism, and Digestive Disease.";

(3) by inserting "the" before "fiscal year" each place it appears in subsection (g);

(4) by striking out "and" in subsection (g) before

"$20,000,000";

(5) by inserting "$18,700,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1978, $19,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1979, and $20,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1980" before the period at the end of the first sentence of subsection (g); and

(6) by amending the heading to read as follows: " MULTIPURPOSE ARTHRITIS CENTERS".

NATIONAL ARTHRITIS ADVISORY BOARD

SEC. 103. (a) Part D of title IV is amended by inserting after section 439 the following new section:

" NATIONAL ARTHRITIS ADVISORY BOARD

" SEC. 440. // 42 USC 289c-7. // (a) The Secretary shall establish a National Arthritis Advisory Board (hereinafter in this section referred to as the 'board') to be composed of twenty-four members as follows:

"(1) Eight members shall be appointed by the Secretary from individuals who are scientists, physicians, or other health professionals, who are not employed by the Federal Government, and who represent the various specialties and disciplines involved in arthritis. Of the members appointed pursuant to this paragraph, three shall be clinical rheumatologists, two shall be orthopedic surgeons, two shall be rheumatology investigators, and one shall be an allied health professional.

"(2) Sx members shall be appointed by the Secretary from individuals, who are not employed by the Federal Government, with an interest in arthritis and who as a group have knowledge and experience in the fields of medical education, nursing, community program development, health education, data systems, and public information.

"(3) One member shall be appointed by the Secretary from individuals who are members of the National Arthritis, Metabolism, and Digestive Diseases Advisory Council and who are expert in the field of arthritis.

"(4) Four members shall be appointed by the Secretary from the general public. At least two of such members shall be persons who have arthritis and one shall be the parent of a child who has arthritis.

"(5) The Assistant Secretary of Health or his disignee, the Director of the National Institutes of Health or his designee, the Associate Director for Arthritis of the National Institute of Arthritis, Metabolism, and Digestive Diseases or his designee, the Chief Medical Director of the Veterans' Administration or his designee, and the Secretary of Defense or his designee shall each be ex officio members

"(b) The members of the Board shall select a Chairperson from among the appointed members.

"(c) The Secretary shall, after consultation with and consideration of the recommendations of the Board, provide the Board with an executive director and one other professional staff member. In addition, the Secretary shall, after consultation with and consideration of the recommendations of the Board, provide the Board with such additional professional staff members, such clerical staff members, and (through contracts or other arrangements) with such administrative support services and facilities, such information, and such services of consultants, as the Secretary determines are necessary for the Board to carry out its functions.

"(d) Members of the Board who are officers or employees of the Federal Government shall serve as members of the Board without compensation in addition to that received in their regular public employmemt. Other members of the Board shall receive compensation at rates not to exceed the daily equivalent of the annual rate in effect for grade GS-18 of the General Schedule for each day (including traveltime) they are engaged in the performance of their duties as members of the Board. While away from their homes or regular places of business in the performance of services for the Board, members of the Board shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, in the same manner as persons employed intermittently in the Government service are allowed expenses under section 5703(b) of title 5 of the United States Code.

"(e) The appointed members of the Board shall be appointed to serve until the expiration of the Board (as provided in subsection (1)).

"(f) The Board shall--,

"(1) review and evaluate the implementation of the Arthritis Plan (formulated under section 3(g) of the National Arthritis Act of 1974);

// 42 USC 289c-1 note. //

and

"(2) for the purpose of assuring the most effective utilization and organization of arthritis resources, advise and make recommendations to Congress, the Secretary, and the heads of other appropriate Federal agencies with respect to the Arthritis Plan and with respect to the guidelines, policies and procedures of Federal programs relating to arthritis.

"(g) The Board may collect such data as it deems advisable and necessary to enable it to perform the functions required by subsection (f).

"(h) The Board may, from time to time, establish Subcommittees. Such Subcommittees may be composed of Board members and nonmember consultants with expertise in the particular area addressed by such Subcommittees.

"(i) The full Board shall hold regular quarterly meetings. In addition, the full Board or any of its Subcommittees may hold such additional meetings as are necessary in order to enable the Board to carry out its activities.

"(j) One year after the date of its establishment and each year thereafter the Board shall submit to the Secretary and to the Congress a report--,

"(1) which describes the Board's activities during the year for which the report is made;

"(2) which describes and evaluates the progress made in such year in arthritis research, treatment, education, and training;

"(3) which summarizes and analyzes expenditures made by the Federal Government for arthritis-related activities during the year for which the report is made; and

"(4) which contains the Board's recommendations (if any) for changes in the Arthritis Plan.

The annual arthritis report shall be made available to the public at the same time it is transmitted to Congress and the Secretary.

"(k) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out the purposes of this section $300,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1978, $300,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1979, and $300,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1980.

"(1) The Board shall expire on September 30, 1980.".

(b) The Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare shall establish the National Arthritis Advisory Board (established by the amendment made by subsection (a)) not later than ninety days after the date of enactment of this section.

TITLE II-- DIABETES NATIONAL DIABETES ADVISORY BOARD

SEC. 201. (a) Part D of title IV is amended by inserting after section 436 the following new section:

" NATIONAL DIABETES ADVISORY BOARD

" Sec. 436 A. // 42 USC 289c-3a. // (a) The Secretary shall establish a National Diabetes Advisory Board (hereinafter in this section referred to as the ' Board') to be composed of twenty-three members as follows:

"(1) The following ex officio members: The Assistant Secretary for Health or his designee, the Director of the National Institute of Health or his designee, the Director of the National Institute of Arthritis, Metabolism and Digestive Disease or his designee, the Director of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute or his designee, the Director of the National Eye Institute or his designee, the Director of the Center for Disease Control or his designee, the Administrator of the Health Services Administration or his designee, the Administrator of the Health Resources Administration or his designee, the Associate Director for Diabetes of the National Institute of Arthritis, Metabolism, and Digestive Diseases or his designee, the Chief Medical Director of the Veterans' Administration or his designee, and the Secretary of Defense or his designee.

"(2) Seven members shall be appointed by the Secretary from individuals who are not in the employ of the Federal Government and who are health and allied health professionals or scientists representing the various specialties and disciplines involved with diabetes mellitus and related endocrine and metabolic diseases. "(3) Five members shall be appointed by the Secretary from the general public, including at least one person with diabetes and two persons each of whom is a parent of a diabetic child.

"(b) The members of the Board shall select a Chairperson from amoung the appointed members.

"(c) The Secretary shall, after consultation with and consideration of the recommendations of the Board, provide the Board with an executive director and one other professional staff member. In addition, the Secretary shall, after consultation with and consideration of the recommendations of the Board, provide the Board with such additional proffessional staff members, such clerical staff members, and (through contracts or other arrangements) with such administrative support services and facilities, such information, and such services of consultants, as the Secretary determines are necessary for the Board to carry out its functions.

"(d) Members of the Board who are officers or employees of the Federal Government shall serve as members of the Board without compensation in addition to that received in their regular public employment. Other members of the Board shall receive compensation at rates not to exceed the daily equivalent of the annual rate in effect for grade GS-18 of the General Schedule for each day (including traveltime) they are engaged in the performance of their duties as members of the Board. While away from their homes or regular places of business in the performance of services for the Board, members of the Board shall be allowed travel expenses including per diem in lieu of subsistence, in the same manner as persons employed intermittently in the Government service are allowed expenses under section 5703(b) of title 5 of the United States Code.

"(e) The appointed members of the Board shall be appointed to serve until the expiration of the Board (as provided in subsection (1)).

"(f) The Board shall--,

"(1) review and evaluate the implementation of the long range plan to combat diabetes mellitus (hereinafter in this section referred to as the " Diabetes Plan") formulated by the National Commission on Diabetes under section 3(e) of the National Diabetes Mellitus Research and Education Act,

// 42 USC 289c-1 note. //

and

"(2) for the purpose of assuring the most effective utilization and organization of diabetes resources, advise and make recommendations to Congress, the Secretary, and the heads of other appropriate Federal agencies with respect to the Diabetes Plan and with respect to the guidelines, policies and procedures of Federal programs relating to diabetes.

"(g) The Board may collect such data as it deems advisable and necessary to enable it to perform the functions required by subsection (f).

"(h) The Board may, from time to time, establish Subcommittees. Such Subcommittees may be composed of Board members and nonmember consultants wtih expertise in the particular area addressed by such Subcommittees.

"(i) The full Board shall hold regular quarterly meetings. In addition, the full Board or any of its Subcommittees may hold such additional meetings as are necessary in order to enable the Board to carry out its activities.

"(j) One year after the date of its establishment and each year thereafter the Board shall submit to the Secretary and to the Congress a report--,

"(1) which describes the Board's activities during the year for which the rport is made;

"(2) which describes and evaluates the progress made in such year in diabetes research, treatment, education, and training;

"(3) which summarizes and analyzes expenditures made by the Federal Government for diabetes-related activies during the year for which the report is made; and

"(4) which contains the Board's recommendation (if any) for changes in the Diabetes Plan.

The annual diabetes report shall be made available to the public at the same time it is trasmitted to Congress and the Secretary.

"(k) There are authorized to be appropirated to carry out the purposes of this section $300,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1978, $300,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1979, and $300,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30,1980.

"(1) The board shall expire on September 30,1980.".

(b) The Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare shall establish the National Diabetes Advisory Board (established by the amendment made by subsection (a)) not later than ninety days after the date of enactment of this section.

DIABETES RESEARCH AND TRAINING CENTERS

Sec. 202. // 42 USC 289c-2. // Section 435(c) is amended--,

(1) by striking out "and" after "1976,", and

(2) by inserting before the period at the end thereof ", $12,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1978, $20,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1979, and $20,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1980".

TITLE III-- DIGESTIVE DISEASES NATIONAL COMMISSION ON DIGESTIVE DISEASES

Sec. 301. (a) // 42 USC 289a note. // (a) The Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare (hereafter in this section referred to as the " Secretary") after consulting with the Director of the National Institutes of Health, shall, within sixty days of the date of enactment of this section, establish a National Commission on Digestive Diseases (hereafter in this section referred to as the " Commission").

(b) The Commission shall be composed of twenty-six members as follows:

(1) Ten members, appointed by the Secretary from scientists, physicians, and other health professionals, not in the employment of the Federal Government, as follows: Two shall be practicing clinical gastroenterologists, two shall be gastroenterologists involved primarily in research on digestive diseases, one shall be an epidemiologist, one shall be an allied health professional, and two shall be basic biomedical scientists (such as biochemists, physiologists, microbiologists, nutritionists, pharmacologists, or immunologists).

(2) Six members, appointed by the Secretary from the general public, of whom at least three shall have personal or close family experience with digestive diseases.

(3) One member, appointed by the Secretary from the members of the National Arthritis, Metabolism, and Digestive Diseases Admisory Council whose primary interest is in the field of digestive diseases.

(4) The Director of the National Institutes of Health or his designee; the Director of the National Institute of Arthritis, Metabolism, and Digestive Diseases or his designee; the Directors, or their designees, of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, the National Cancer Institute, the National Institute of General Medical Sciences; the Associate Director for Digestive Diseases and Nutrition of the National Institute of Arthritis, Metabolism, and Digestive Diseases; the Director of the Center for Disease Control or his designee; the Chief Medical Director of the Veterans' Administration or his designee; and the Secretary of Defense or his designee shall each be ex officio members of the Commission.

(c) The members of the Commission shall select a Chairperson from among the appointed members of the Commission.

(d) The Commission shall first meet as directed by the Secretary, not later than sixty days after the Commission is established, and thereafter shall meet at the call of the Chairperson of the Commission, but not less often than three times during the life of the Commission. The Commission may hold such hearings,take such testimony, and sit and act at such time and places as the Commission deems advisable.

(e) (1) The Commission may appoint and fix the pay of an executive secretary to effectively carry out its functions. The executive secretary shall // 5 USC 101 et seq. // be appointed subject to the provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appointments in the competitive service, and shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title // 5 USC 5101, 5331. // relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates.

(2) The Secretary shall provide the Commission with such additional professional and clerical staff, such information, and the services of such consultants as the Secretary determines to be necessary for the Commission to carry out effectively its functions.

(f) Members of the Commission who are officers or employees of the Federal Government shall serve as members of the Commission without compensation in addition to that received in their regular public employment. Members of the Commission who are not officers or employees of the Federal Government shall receive compensation at a rate not to exceed the daily equivalent of the annual rate in effect for Grade GS-18 of the General Schedule for each day (including traveltime) they are engaged in the performance of their duties as members of the Commission. All members, while serving away from their homes or regular places of business in the performance of services for the Commission, shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, in the same manner as such expenses are authorized by section 5703 of title 5, United States Code, for persons in Government service employed intermittently.

(g) (1) The Commission shall--,

(A) conduct a comprehensive study of the present state of knowledge of the incidence, duration, and morbidity of, and mortality rates resulting from, digestive diseases and of the social and economic impact of such diseases;

(B) evaluate the public and private facilities and resources (including trained personnel and research activities) for the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of, and research in, such diseases; and

(C) identify programs (including biological, behavioral, nutritional, environmental, and social programs) in which, and the means by which, improvement in the management of digestive diseases can be accomplished.

Each Federal entity administering health programs and activities related to digestive diseases shall, upon request, assist the Commission in carrying out its duties under this paragraph.

(2) Based on the study, evaluation, and identification made pursuant to paragraph (1), the Commission shall develop and recommend a long-range plan for the use and organization of national resources to effectively deal with digestive diseases. The plan shall provide for--,

(A) research studies into the basic biological processes and mechanisms related to digestive diseases;

(B) investigations into the epidemiology, etiology, diagnosis, treatment, prevention, and control of digestive diseases;

(C) development of preventive measures (including education programs, programs for the elimination of environmental hazards related to digestive diseases, and clinical programs) to be taken against digestive diseases;

(D) detection of digestive diseases in the presymptomatic stages and development and evaluation of new and improved methods of screening for digestive diseases;

(E) development of criteria for the diagnosis and the clinical management and control of digestive diseases;

(F) development of coordinated health care systems for dealing with digestive diseases;

(G) education and training (including continuing education programs) of scientists, clinicians, educators, and allied health professionals in the fields and specialties requisite to the conduct of programs related to digestive diseases with special emphasis on training for careers in research, teaching, and all aspects of patient care;

(H) the conduct and direction of field studies and clinical trials for testing, evaluating, and demonstrating preventive, diagnostic, therapeutic, rehabilitative, and control measures in digestive diseases;

(I) establishment of a standardized nomenclature of all digestive diseases for use in basic and clinical research and to facilitate collaborative studies; and

(J) establishment of a system of periodic surveillance of the research potential and research needs in digestive diseases corresponding with the recently completed survey organized by the National Institute of Arthritis, Metabolism, and Digestive Diseases.

The long-range plan formulated under this paragraph shall also include within its scope related nutritional disorders and basic biological processes and mechanisms in nutrition which are related to digestive diseases.

(h) The Commission shall recommend for each of the Institutes of the National Institutes of Health whose activities are to be affected by the long-range plan estimates of the expenditures needed to carry out each Institute's part of the overall program. Such estimates shall be prepared for the fiscal year beginning immediately after completion of the Commission's plan and for each of the next two fiscal years.

(i) (1) Within eighteen months following its initial meeting (as prescribed by subsection (d)), the Commission shall publish and transmit directly to the Congress a final report respecting its activities under this section. The report shall contain (A) the long-range plan required by subsection (g), (B) the expenditure estimates required by subsection (h), and (C) any recommendations of the Commission for legislation.

(2) The Commission shall cease to exist on the thirtieth day following the date of submission of the final report to Congress.

(j) There are authorized to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation $1,500,000 to carry out the purposes of this section.

COORDINATING COMMITTEE FOR DIGESTIVE DISEASES

Sec. 302. Part D of title IV is amended by adding after section 440 (as added by section 103 of this Act) the following new section:

" COORDINATIONG COMMITTEE FOR DIGESTIVE DISEASES

" Sec. 440 A. (a) // 42 USC 289c-8. // The Secretary shall establish a Coordinating Committee for Digestive Diseases (hereafter in this section referred to as the ' Committee') to be composed of the Directors (or their designated representatives) of each of the Institutes of the National Institutes of Health involved in digestive disease research; and the head (or his designated representative) of the Alcohol, Drug Abuse and Mental Health Administration, the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, the Food and Drug Administration, the Department of Medicine and Surgery of the Veterans' Administration, the Center for Disease Control, the Department of Defense, the Department of Agriculture, the Health Services Administration, the Health Resources Administration, the Social Security Administration, and the Institute of Medicine of the National Academy of Sciences. The Committee shall be chaired by the Director of the National Institute of Arthritis, Metabolism, and Digestive Diseases and the Associate Director for Digestive Diseases and Nutrition of that Institute shall serve as vice chairman. The Committee shall meet at the call of the Chairman, but not less often than three times a year.

"(b) The Committee shall be responsible for the coordination of the activities of the entities represented on the Committee respecting digestive diseases. The Committee shall submit to the Secretary an annual report detailing the manner in which the Committee has coordinated such activities.".

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 122 (1976): Oct. 1, considered and passed Senate and House.

WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 12, No. 43: Oct. 20, Presidential statement.

PUBLIC LAW 94-561, 90 STAT. 2643

94TH CONGRESS, H.R. 10133 OCTOBER 19, 1976
An Act To upgrade the position of Under Secretary of Agriculture to Deputy Secretary of Agriculture; to provide for an

additional Assistant

Secretary of Agriculture;

to increase the compensation of certain officials of

the

Department of Agriculture;

to provide for an additional member of the Board of

Directors,

Commodity Credit Corporation; and for other purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That (a) section 5313 of title 5 of the United States Code is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraph:

"(23) Deputy Secretary of Agriculture.".

(b) Section 5314 of such title 5 is amended by striking out paragraph (3).

(c) The Acts listed in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection are amended by striking out the words " Under Secretary of Agriculture" wherever they appear and by inserting in lieu thereof the words " Deputy Secretary of Agriculture":

(1) The Act of March 26, 1934 (48 Stat. 467; 7 U.S.C. 2210).

(2) The Act of June 5, 1939 (53 Stat. 809; 7 U.S.C. 2211).

(d) The officer occupying the position of Under Secretary of Agriculture, on the date of enactment of this Act, // 7 USC 2210 note. // may assume the duties of the Deputy Secretary of Agriculture. The individual assuming such duties shall not be required to be reappointed by reason of the enactment of this Act.

Sec. 2. // 7 USC 2212b. // There shall be hereafter in the Department of Agriculture, in addition to the Assistant Secretaries now provided for by law one additional Assistant Secretary of Agriculture who shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be responsible for such duties as the Secretary of Agriculture shall prescribe, and shall receive compensation at the rate now or hereafter prescribed by law for Assistant Secretaries of Agriculture.

Sec. 3. (a) Section 5315 of title 5 of the United States Code is amended by striking out "(4)" at the end of paragraph (11) and by inserting in lieu thereof" (5)".

(b) Section 5316 of title 5 of the United States Code is amended--

(1) by striking out paragraph (55); and

(2) by adding at the end thereof a new paragraph (137) as follows:

"(137) Administrator, Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department of Agriculture.".

Sec. 4. Section 9 (a) of the Commodity Credit Corporation Charter Act, // 5 USC 5313 note. // as amended (62 Stat. 1072, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 714g (a)), is amended by striking out the third sentence and inserting in lieu thereof: " The Board shall consist of seven members (in addition to the Secretary), who shall be appointed by the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.".

Sec. 5. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, this Act shall take effect on its date of enactment.

(b) Subsection (b) (1) of section 3 of this Act shall take effect upon appointment of a Presidential appointee to fill the successor position created by section 2 of this Act.

Sec. 6. Section 3(b) of the Farm Labor Contractor Registration Act of 1963, 7 USC 2042. as amended (78 Stat. 920, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 2042), is amended--,

(a) by striking out the period at the end of paragraph (8) and inserting in lieu thereof a semicolon and the word "or"; and

(b) by adding at the end thereof a new paragraph (9) as follows:

"(9) any custom poultry harvesting, breeding, debeaking, sexing, or health service operation, provided the employees of the operation are not regularly required to be away from their domicile other than during their normal working hours.".

LEGISLATIVE history:

HOUSE reports: No. 94 - 1156 and No. 94 - 1156 Pt. 2 (Comm. on Agriculture).

SENATE report No. 94 - 1377 (Comm. on Agriculture and Forestry).

CONGRESSIONAL record, Vol. 122 (1976):

July 26, considered and passed House.

Sept. 30, considered and passed Senate, amended.

Oct. 1, House agreed to Senate amendments.

PUBLIC LAW 94-560, 90 STAT. 2642

94th CONGRESS, H.R. 12033 OCTOBER 19, 1976
An Act To continue until the close of June 30, 1979, the existing suspension of duties on manganese ore (including ferruginous ore) and related products.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That (a) item 911.07 of the Tariff Schedules of the United States (19 U.S.C. 1202) is amended by striking out "6/30/76" and inserting in lieu thereof " June 30, 1979".

(b) The amendment made by subsection (a) // 19 USC 1202 app. note. // shall apply with respect to articles entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption after June 30, 1976.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

HOUSE REPORT No. 94 - 1067 (Comm. on Ways and Means).

SENATE REPORT No. 94 - 994 (Comm. on Finance).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 122 (1976):

May 17, considered and passed House.

July 1, considered and passed Senate, amended.

Sept. 29, House disagreed to Senate amendment.

Oct. 1, Senate receded from its amendment.

PUBLIC LAW 94-559, 90 STAT. 2641

94th CONGRESS, S. 2278 OCTOBER 19, 1976
An Act The Civil Rights Attorney's Fees Awards Act of 1976.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That this Act may be cited as " The Civil Rights Attorney's Fees Awards Act of 1976". // 42 USC 1981 note. //

Sec. 2. That the revised Statutes section 722 (42 U.S.C. 1988) // 42 USC 1981 - 1983, 1985, 1986. // is amended by adding the following: " In any action or proceeding to enforce a provision of sections 1977, 1978, 1979, 1980, and 1981 of the Revised Statutes, title IX of Public Law 92 - 318, or in any civil action or proceeding, by or on behalf of the United States of America, to enforce, or charging a violation of, a provision of the United States Internal Revenue Code, or title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, // 20 USC 1681. 26 USC 1 et seq. 42 USC 2000d. // the court, in its discretion, may allow the prevailing party, other than the United States, a reasonable attorney's fee as part of the costs.".

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

HOUSE REPORT No. 94 - 1558 accompanying H.R. 15460 (Comm. on the Judiciary).

SENATE REPORT No. 94 - 1011 (Comm. on the Judiciary).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 122 (1976):

Sept. 21 - 24, 27 - 29, considered and passed Senate.

Oct. 1, considered and passed Senate.

PUBLIC LAW 94-558, 90 STAT. 2639

94th CONGRESS, S. 3894 OCTOBER 19, 1976
An Act To amend the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That Title II of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, is amended by adding the following new section:

" LOAN GUARANTEES FOR CONSTRUCTION OF TREATMENT WORKS

" Sec. 213. // 33 USC 1293. // (a) Subject to the conditions of this section and to such terms and conditions as the Administrator determines to be necessary to carry out the purposes of this title, the Administrator is authorized to guarantee, and to make commitments to guarantee, the principal and interest (including interest accruing between the date of default and the date of the payment in full of the guarantee) of any loan, obligation, or participation therein of any State, municipality, or intermunicipal or interstate agency issued directly and exclusively to the Federal Financing Bank to finance that part of the cost of any grant-eligible project for the construction of publicly owned treatment works not paid for with Federal financial assistance under this title (other than this section), which project the Administrator has determined to be eligible for such financial assistance under this title, including, but not limited to, projects eligible for reimbursement under section 206 of this title. // 33 USC 1286. //

"(b) No guarantee, or commitment to make a guarantee, may be made pursuant to this section--,

"(1) unless the Administrator certifies that the issuing body is unable to obtain on reasonable terms sufficient credit to finance its actual needs without such guarantee; and

"(2) unless the Administrator determines that there is a reasonable assurance of repayment of the loan, obligation, or participation therein.

A determination of whether financing is available at reasonable rates shall be made by the Secretary of the Treasury with relationship to the current average yield on outstanding marketable obligations of municipalities of comparable maturity.

"(c) The Administrator is authorized to charge reasonable fees for the investigation of an application for a guarantee and for the issuance of a commitment to make a guarantee.

"(d) The Administrator, in determining whether there is a reasonable assurance of repayment, may require a commitment which would apply to such repayment. Such commitment may include, but not be limited to, (1) all or any portion of the funds retained by such grantee under section 204(b)(3) of this Act, // 33 USC 1284. // and (2) any funds received by such grantee from the amounts appropriated under section 206 of this Act.". // 33 USC 1286. //

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 122 (1976):

Oct. 1, considered and passed Senate and House.

WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 12, No. 43:

Oct. 20, Presidential statement.

PUBLIC LAW 94-557, STAT. 2633

94th CONGRESS, S. 1026. OCTOBER 19, 1976
An Act To designate certain lands as wilderness.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

DESIGNATION OF WILDERNESS AREAS WITHIN THE NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE SYSTEM

Section 1. In accordance with subsection 3(c) of the Wilderness Act (78 Stat. 892), // 16 USC 1132. // the following lands are hereby designated as wilderness and, therefore, as components of the National Wilderness Preservation System:

(a) certain lands in the Simeonof National Wildlife Refuge, Alaska, which comprise approximately twenty-five thousand one hundred and forty-one acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " Simeonof Wilderness Proposal", dated January 1971, and which shall be known as the Simeonof Wilderness;

(b) certain lands in the Big Lake National Wildlife Refuge, Arkansas, which comprise approximately two thousand six hundred acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " Big Lake Wilderness Proposal", dated June 1976, and which shall be known as the Big Lake Wilderness;

(c) certain lands in the Chassahowitzka National Wildlife Refuge, Florida, which comprise approximately twenty-three thousand three hundred and sixty acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " Chassahowitzka Wilderness Proposal", dated March 1975, and which shall be known as the Chassahowitzka Wilderness;

(d) certain lands in the J.N. " Ding" Darling National Wildlife Refuge, Florida, which comprise approximately two thousand eight hundred and twenty-five acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " J.N. ' Ding' Darling Wilderness Proposal", dated March 1975, and which shall be known as the J.N. " Ding" Darling Wilderness;

(e) certain lands in the Lake Woodruff National Wildlife Refuge, Florida, which comprise approximately one thousand one hundred and forty-six acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " Lake Woodruff Wilderness Proposal", dated June 1976, and which shall be known as the Lake Woodruff Wilderness;

(f) certain lands in the Crab Orchard National Wildlife Refuge, Illinois, which comprise approximately four thousand and fifty acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " Crab Orchard Wilderness Proposal", dated January 1973, and which shall be known as the Crab Orchard Wilderness;

(g) certain lands in the Lacassine National Wildlife Refuge, Louisiana, which comprise approximately three thousand three hundred acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " Lacassine Wilderness Proposal", dated June 1976, and which shall be known as the Lacassine Wilderness;

(h) certain lands in the Agassiz National Wildlife Refuge, Minnesota, which comprise approximately four thousand acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " Agassiz Wilderness Propasal", dated November 1973, and which shall be known as the Agassiz Wilderness;

(i) certain lands in the Tamarac National Wildlife Refuge, Minnesota, which comprise approximately two thousand one hundred and thirty-eight acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " Tamarac Wilderness Proposal", dated January 1973, and which shall be known as the Tamarac Wilderness;

(j) certain lands in the Mingo National Wildlife Refuge, Missouri, which comprise approximately eight thousand acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " Mingo Wilderness Proposal", dated March 1975, and which shall be known as the Mingo Wilderness;

(k) certain lands in the Red Rock Lakes National Wildlife Refuge, Montana, which comprise approximately thirty-two thousand three hundred and fifty acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " Red Rock Lakes Wilderness Proposal", dated January 1974, and which shall be known as the Red Rock Lakes Wilderness;

(1) certain lands in the Medicine Lake National Wildlife Refuge, Montana, which comprise approximately eleven thousand three hundred and sixty-six acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " Medicine Lake Wilderness Proposal", dated November 1973, and which shall be known as the Medicine Lake Wilderness;

(m) certain lands in the UL Bend National Wildlife Refuge, Montana, which comprise approximately twenty thousand eight hundred and ninety acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " UL Bend Wilderness Proposal", dated June 1976, and which shall be known as the UL Bend Wilderness;

(n) certain lands in the Fort Niobrara National Wildlife Refuge, Nebraska, which comprise approximately four thousand six hundred and thirty-five acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " Fort Niobrara Wilderness Proposal", dated November 1973, and which shall be known as the Fort Niobrara Wilderness;

(o) certain lands in the Swanquarter National Wildlife Refuge, North Carolina, which comprise approximately nine thousand acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " Swanquarter Wilderness Proposal", dated December 1973, and which shall be known as the Swanquarter Wilderness;

(p) certain lands in the San Juan Islands National Wildlife Refuge, Washington, which comprise approximately three hundred and fifty-five acres, which are depicted on a map entitled " San Juan Islands Wilderness Proposal", dated August 1971 (revised July 1976), and which shall be known as the San Juan Wilderness.

DESIGNATION OF WILDERNESS AREAS WITHIN THE NATIONAL FOREST SYSTEM

Sec. 2. (a) In accordance with the subsection 3(b) of the Wilderness Act (78 Stat. 891), // 16 USC 1132. // the area in the Shoshone National Forest in Wyoming classified as the Glacier Primitive Area, with the proposed additions thereto and deletions therefrom, comprising an area of approximately one hunfdred and ninety-seven thousand six hundred acres as generally depicted on a map entitled " Glacier Wilderness Proposed", dated March 1975 (revised August 1976), is hereby designated as the " Fitzpatrick Wilderness" and, therefore, as a component of the National Wilderness Preservation System.

(b) In furtherance of the purposes of the Wilderness Act (78 Stat. 890), // 16 USC 1131 note. // the following lands are hereby designated as wilderness and, therefore, as components of the National Wilderness Preservation System:

(1) certain lands in the Sierra National Forest in California, which comprise about twenty-two five hundred acres, as generally depicted on a map entitled " Kaiser Wilderness-Proposed", dated August 1976, and shall be known as Kaiser Wilderness;

(2) certain lands in the Mark Twain National Forest in Missouri, which comprise about twelve thousand three hundred and fifteen acres, as generally depicted on a map entitled " Hercules-Glades Wilderness, Proposed", dated March 1976, and shall be known as the Hercules-Glades Wilderness;

DESIGNATION OF WILDERNESS STUDY AREAS WITHIN THE NATIONAL FOREST SYSTEM

Sec. 3. (a) In furtherance of the purposes of the Wilderness Act (78 Stat. 890) and in accordance with the provisions of subsection 3(d) of that Act (78 Stat. 892, 893), // 16 USC 1132. // relating to public notice, public hearings, and review by State and other agencies, the Secretary of Agriculture shall review, as to its suitability or nonsuitability for preservation as wilderness, each wilderness study area designated by or pursuant to subsection (b) of this section and report his findings to the President. The President shall advise the United States Senate and the House of Representatives of his recommendations with respect to the designation as wilderness of each such area on which the review has been completed, together with a map thereof and a definition of its boundaries.

(b) Wilderness study areas to be reviewed pursuant to this section include--,

(1) certain lands in the Angeles and San Bernardino National Forests in California, which comprise approximately fifty-two thousand acres, and which are generally depicted on a map entitled " Sheep Mountain Wilderness, Proposed", and dated February 1974. The Secretary shall complete his review and report his findings to the President and the President shall submit to the United States Senate and the House of Representatives his recommendations with respect to the designation of the Sheep Mountain Wilderness Study Area as wilderness not later than two years after the date of enactment of this Act;

(2) certain lands in the Mendocino National Forest in California, which comprise approximately thirty-seven thousand acres, and which are generally depicted on a map entitled " Snow Mountain Wilderness Proposed", and dated June 1971. The Secretary shall complete his review and report his findings to the President and the President shall submit to the United States Senate and the House of Representatives his recommendations with respect to the designation of the Snow Mountain Wilderness Study Area as wilderness not later than two years after the date of enactment of this Act;

(3) certain lands in the Mark Twain National Forest in Missouri, which comprise approximately eight thousand five hundred and thirty acres, and which are generally depicted on a map entitled " Bell Mountain Wilderness Study Area", and dated March 1976. The Secretary shall complete his review and report his findings to the President and the President shall submit to the United States Senate and the House of Representatives his recommendations with respect to the designation of the Bell Mountain Wilderness Study Area as wilderness not later than five years after the date of this enactment of this Act;

(4) certain lands in the Mark Twain National Forest in Missouri, which comprise approximately six thousand eight hundred and eighty-eight acres, and which are generally depicted on a map entitled " Paddy Creek Wilderness Study Area", and dated March 1976. The Secretary shall complete his review and report his findings to the President and the President shall submit to the United States Senate and the House of Representatives his recommendation with respect to the designation of the Paddy Creek Wilderness Study Area as wilderness not later than five years after the date of enactment of this Act;

(5) certain lands in the Mark Twain National Forest in Missouri, which comprise approximately eight thousand four hundred and thirty acres, and which are generally depicted on a map entitled " Piney Creek Wilderness Study Area", and dated March 1976. The Secretary shall complete his review and report his findings to the President and the President shall submit to the United States Senate and the House of Representatives his recommendation with respect to the designation of the Piney Creek Wilderness Study Area as wilderness not later than five years after the date of enactment of this Act;

(6) certain lands in the Mark Twain National Forest in Missouri, which comprise approximately four thousand one hundred and seventy acres, and which are generally depicted on a map entitled " Rockpile Mountain Wilderness Study Area", and dated March 1976. The Secretary shall complete his review and report his findings to the President and the President shall submit to the United States Senate and the House of Representatives his recommendation with respect to the designation of the Rockpile Mountain Wilderness Study Area as wilderness not later than five years after the date of enactment of this Act;

(7) certain lands in the Flathead and Lewis and Clark National Forests in Montana, which comprise approximately three hundred ninety-three thousand acres, and which are generally depicted on a map entitled " Great Bear Wilderness-Proposed", and dated November 1975 (revised August 1976). The Secretary shall complete his review and report his findings to the President and the President shall submit to the United States Senate and the House of Representative his recommendation with respect to the designation of the Great Bear Wilderness Study Area as wilderness not later than nineteen months after the date of enactment of the Act; and in conducting his review, the Secretary of Agriculture, in consultation with the Secretary of the Interior, shall identify any potential utility corridors within or contiguous to the study area, review any adverse effects such corridors may have on the wilderness character of such area, determine whether any such corridor is necessary, and, if a determination of necessity is made, select a route and design which will minimize such effects. Nothing in this section shall be construed as prohibiting the siting of any such corridor within the boundaries of any area recommended by the President for wilderness preservation pursuant to this Act or designated as wilderness by the Congress and;

(8) certain lands in the Deer Lodge and Helena National Forests, in Montana, which comprise approximately seventy-seven thousand three hundred and forty-six acres and which are generally depicted on a map entitled " Elkhorn Wilderness Study Area" and dated April 1976. The Secretary shall complete his review and report his findings to the President and the President shall submit to the United States Senate and the House of Representatives his recommendation with respect to the designation of the Elkhorn Wilderness Study area as wilderness not later than two years after the date of enactment of this Act.

(c) Nothing herein contained shall limit the President in proposing, as part of his recommendations to Congress, the alteration of existing boundaries of any wilderness study area or recommending the addition to any such area of any contiguous area predominately of wilderness value. Any recommendation of the President to the effect that such area or portion thereof should be designated as "wilderness" shall become effective only if so provided by an Act of Congress.

(d) Subject to existing private rights, the wilderness study areas designated by this Act shall, until Congress determines otherwise, be administered by the Secretary of Agriculture so as to maintain their presently existing wilderness character and potential for inclusion in the National Wilderness Preservation System, except that such management requirement shall not extend beyond a period of four years from the date of submission to the Congress of the President's recommendation concerning the particular study area. Already established uses may be permitted to continue, subject to such restrictions as the Secretary of Agriculture deems desirable, in the manner and degree in which the same was being conducted on the date of enactment of this Act.

ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

Sec. 4. Except as otherwise provided in this Act, all primitive area classifications of areas herein designated as wilderness are hereby abolished.

Sec. 5. As soon as practicable after this Act takes effect, a map of each wilderness study area and a map and a legal description of each wilderness area shall be filed with the Committees on Interior and Insular Affairs of the United States Senate and House of Representatives, and each such map and description shall have the same force and effect as if included in this Act: Provided, however, That correction of clerical and typographical errors in each such legal description and map may be made. Each such map and legal description shall be on file and available for public inspection in the Office of the Chief, Forest Service, Department of Agriculture.

Sec. 6. Wilderness areas designated by this Act shall be administered in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Wilderness Act // 16 USC 1131 note. // governing areas designated by that Act as wilderness areas, except that any reference in such provisions to the effective date of the Wilderness Act shall be deemed to be a reference to the effective date of this Act, and any reference to the Secretary of Agriculture shall be deemed to be a reference to the Secretary who has administrative jurisdiction over the area.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

HOUSE REPORT No. 94 - 1562 accompanying H.R. 15446 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs).

SENATE REPORTS: No. 94 - 1032 and No. 94 - 1032 Pt. 2 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vo. 122 (1976): July 21, considered and passed Senate. Sept. 27, considered and passed House, amended, in lieu of H.r. 15446. Sept. 30, Senate agreed to House amendment.

PUBLIC LAW 94-556, 90 STAT. 2632

94th CONGRESS, S. 64 OCTOBER 19, 1976
An Act To provide for the recognition of the States of Alaska and Hawaii at the Lincoln National Memorial, and for other purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That, for the purpose of providing appropriate commemoration at the Lincoln National Memorial of the addition of the States of Alaska and Hawaii to the Union, the Secretary of the Interior is authorized and directed to study the feasibility of and make recommendations for the recognition at an appropriate place at such memorial of the addition to the Union of the States of Alaska and Hawaii. Such recommendations shall after review and approval by the Commission of Fine Arts, the National Capital Planning Commission, and the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation be submitted to the Committees on Interior and Insular Affairs of the Senate and the House of Representatives of the United States. If, at the end of sixty days (not counting days on which the Senate or the House of Representatives has adjourned for not more than three consecutive days) following receipt of such recommendations, neither committee has adopted a resolution of disapproval, the Secretary is authorized and directed to carry out said recommendations.

Sec. 2. There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this Act, but not to exceed $20,000. No funds authorized to be appropriated pursuant to this Act shall be available prior to October 1, 1977.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

HOUSE REPORT No. 94 - 1684 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs).

SENATE REPORT No. 94 - 734 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 122 (1976):

Apr. 6, considered and passed Senate.

Sept. 27, considered and passed House, amended.

Oct. 1, Senate concurred in House amendment.

PUBLIC LAW 94-555, 90 STAT. 2613, RAIL TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENT ACT.

94th CONGRESS, S. 3131 OCTOBER 19, 1976
AN ACT To amend the Rail Passenger Service Act to provide financing for the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, to amend the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 to increase the amount of loan authority under section 211 (h)(1) of such Act, and for other purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That this Act, // 45 USC 501 note. // divided into titles and sections according to the following table of contents, may be cited as the " Rail Transportation Improvement Act".

TITLE I--AMTRAK IMPROVEMENT
Sec. 101. Short title. Sec. 102. Authorization of appropriations. Sec. 103. Board membership. Sec. 104. Security guards. Sec. 105. Waste disposal. Sec. 106. Through routes and joint fares. Sec. 107. Cost computation. Sec. 108. Hours of food service.
TITLE II-- RAIL AMENDMENTS
Sec. 201. Short title. Sec. 202. Rail marine freight service; options. Sec. 203. Loans for payment of obligations. Sec. 204. Protection of employees' pension benefits. Sec. 205. Evidentiary use of certain determinations; reimbursement for all service. Sec. 206. Authority of the Interstate Commerce Commission. Sec. 207. Replacement operators. Sec. 208. Collective bargaining and FELA claims. Sec. 209. Employee displacement allowance. Sec. 210. Noncontract employees. Sec. 211. United States Railway Association Board membership. Sec. 212. Financial assistance. Sec. 213. Priority of redeemable preference shares. Sec. 214. Redemption payments and interest rate. Sec. 215. Obligation guarantees. Sec. 216. Rehabilitation and financing amendments. Sec. 217. Northeast Corridor acquisitions. Sec. 218. Discontinuance and abandonment procedures. Sec. 219. Preservation of historical rail facilities. Sec. 220. Technical amendments.
TITLE Iii--GENERAL PROVISIONS
Sec. 301. Environmental study. Sec. 302. Delmarva rail study. Sec. 303. Effective date.
TITLE I--AMTRAK IMPROVEMENT SHORT TITLE

Sec. 101. // 45 USC 501 note. // This title may be cited as the " Amtrak Improvement Act of 1976".

AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS

Sec. 102. (a) Section 601(a) of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S.C. 601(a) is amended by striking out the second and third sentences thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following: " There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary for the benefit of the Corporation--,

"(1) for the payment of operating expenses for the basic system, except for the additional expenses that are to be paid from funds authorized by clause (3) of this sentence, and for operating and capital expenses of rail passenger service provided pursuant to section 403(b) of this Act,

// 45 USC 563. //

not to exceed $350,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1976, not to exceed $105,000,000 for the transitional fiscal period ending September 30,1976, not to exceed $430,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1977, and not to exceed $470,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1978;

"(2) for the payment of the costs of capital acquisitions or improvements of the basic system, not to exceed $110,000,000 for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1976, not to exceed $25,000,000 for the transitional fiscal period ending September 30, 1976, not to exceed $130,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1977, and not to exceed $130,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1978;

"(3) for the payment of the additional operating expenses of the Corporation which result from the operation, maintenance, and ownership or control of the Northeast Corridor, pursuant to title VII of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 851 et seq.), not to exceed a total amount of $68,000,000 for the transitional fiscal period ending September 30, 1976, and the fiscal year ending September 30, 1977, and not to exceed $75,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1978; and

"(4) for the payment of the principal amount of obligations (other than leases) of the Corporation which are guaranteed by the Secretary pursuant to section 602 of this Act,

// 45 USC 602. //

not to exceed $25,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30,1978.

Not more than $25,000,000 of the amounts authorized by clause (1) of the preceding sentence for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1976; not more than $7,000,000 of the amounts so authorized for the transitional fiscal period ending September 30, 1976, not more than $35,000,000 of the amounts so authorized for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1977, and not more than $40,000,000 of the amounts so authorized for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1978, shall be available for payment of rail passenger service operating and capital expenses, pursuant to section 403(b) of this Act.".

(b) Section 601(a) of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S.C. 601( a)) is further amended--,

(1) by inserting "(1)" immediately after "(a)"; and

(2) by adding at the end thereof the following new

paragraph:

"(2) Funds appropriated for capital grants pursuant to this section (other than subsection (a)(4)) shall be paid to the Corporation in each fiscal quarter, and such grants may be used by the Corporation for temporary reduction of outstanding loan balances, including loans guaranteed by the Secretary pursuant to section 602 of this Act.".

(c) Section 602(d) of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S.C. 602( d)) is amended by inserting immediateltt after the first sentence thereof the following new sentence: Such $900,000,000 maximum shall be reduced by an amount equal to the total principal amount of such securities, obligations, or loans paid by the Corporation from funds made available pursuant to clause (4) of section 601(a) of this Act.". // 45 USC 601. //

BOARD MEMBERSHIP

Sec. 103. Section 303(a)(1) of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S.C. 543 (a)(1) is amended--,

(1) by striking out the period at the end of subparagraph (A) thereof and inserting in lieu thereof", and the President of the Corporation, ex officio."; and

(2) by striking out " Nine" in subparagraph (B) thereof and inserting in lieu thereof " Eight".

SECURITY GUARDS

Sec. 104. Section 305 of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S.C. 545) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection:

"(i) The Corporation is authorized to employ security guards for purposes of providing security and protection for rail passengers of the Corporation and for rail properties owned by the Corporation. Security guards employed by the Corporation who have complied with the provisions of any State law setting forth licensing, residency, or related requirements applicable to security guards or persons employed in similar positions may be employed without regard to the provisions of any other State's laws setting forth such requirements.".

WASTE DISPOSAL

Sec. 105. Section 306(i) of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S. C. 546(i)) is amended by inserting "waste disposal from" immediately after "shall not apply to".

THROUGH ROUTES AND JOINT FARES

Sec. 106. Section 306 of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S.C. 546) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following two new subsections:

"(j)(1) The establishment of through routes and joint fares, between the National Railroad Passenger Corporation and other intercity common carriers of passengers by rail and motor carriers of passengers, is consistent with the public interest and the national transportation policy. The Congress encourages the making of such arrangements.

"(2) The Corporation may establish through routes and joint fares with any motor carrier.

"(k) The Commission shall, by September 30, 1977, conduct and transmit to the Congress a study of through routes and joint fares between the Corporation and other intercity common carriers by rail and motor carriers of passengers. Such study shall include, but not be limited to--,

"(1) a history of through route and joint fare arrangements between motor carriers of passengers and carriers of passengers by rail;

"(2) laws and regulations presently applicable or related to such through route and joint fare arrangements;

"(3) analysis of the need for intermodal terminals, through ticketing and baggage handling arrangements, and the means by which such needs should be met;

"(4) the extent to which any existing arrangements have improved or lessened, or might improve or lessen, the adequacy of service and passenger convenience;

"(5) methods of formulating joint fares and divisions

thereof;

"(6) views of the Corporation, other intercity common carriers by rail and of organizations representing intercity bus operators; and

"(7) recommendations relative to the establishment of through routes and joint fares between railroads and motor carriers of passengers, including any recommendations for legislation.".

COST COMPUTATION

Sec. 107. Section 403(b) of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S. C. 563(b)) is amended--,

(1) in paragraph (1), by adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: " Any decisions which are likely to have a significant effect on the scheduling, marketing, or operations of the service provided pursuant to this section shall be made by contract or other agreement between the Corporation and the State or agency which is obligated to reimburse the Corporation for all or part of the operating loss, and associated capital costs, of such service.";

(2) in paragraph (1), by striking out "total operating losses" in the second sentence thereof and inserting in lieu thereof "solely related costs"; and

(3) in paragraph (3), by striking out "total" the first place it appears and inserting in lieu thereof "solely related costs and associated capital".

HOURS OF FOOD SERVICE

Sec. 108. Section 801(a) of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S. C. 641(a)) is amended by inserting immediately after the first sentence thereof the following new sentence: " No regulation issued by the Commission under this section shall require the Corporation or any railroad providing intercity rail passenger service to provide food service other than during customary dining hours.".

TITLE II-- RAIL AMENDMENTS SHORT TITLE

Sec. 201. // 45 USC 701 note. // This title may be cited as the " Rail Amendments of 1976".

RAIL MARINE FREIGHT SERVICE; OPTIONS

Sec. 202. (a) The last sentence of section 206(d)(5) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 716(d)(5)) is amended by inserting immediately after "passenger service" the following: "or for purposes of providing rail marine freight floating service".

(b) Section 303(c) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 743(c)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraph:

"(6) Whenever the Corporation exercises an option to acquier, or acquires, interests in rail marine freight floating equipment pursuant to the recommendations of the final system plan, and the Corporation thereafter makes such floating equipment available to a profitable railroad operating in the region, a State, or a responsible person including a government entity), the United States shall indemnify--,

"(A) the Corporation against any costs or liabilities imposed on the Corporation as the result of any judgment entered against it, with respect to such equipment, under paragraph (2) of this subsection; and

"(B) such profitable railroad, State, or responsible person against any costs or liabilities imposed thereon as the result of any judgment entered against such profitable railroads, State, or responsible person under paragraph (3) of this subsection, plus interest on the amount of such judgment at such rate as is constitutionally required.".

(c) Section 206(d)(7) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 716(d)(7)) is amended by inserting immediately after "acquisition" the following: "by the Corporation pursuant to the final system plan".

LOANS FOR PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS

Sec. 203. (a) Section 211(h)(1) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 721(h)(1)) is amended to read as follows:

"(h) Loans for Payment of Obligations.--(1)(A) The Association is authorized, subject to the limitations set forth in section 210(b) of this title, to enter into loan agreements, in amounts not to exceed, at any given time, $350,000,000 in the aggregate principal amount, with the Corporation, the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, and any profitable railroad to which rail properties are transferred or conveyed pursuant to section 303( b)(1) of this Act,

// 45 USC 743. //

under which the Corporation, the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, and any profitable railroad entering into such agreement will agree to meet existing or prospective obligations of the railroads in reorganization in the region which the Association, in accordance with procedures established by the Association, determines should be paid by the Corporation, the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, or a profitable railroad, on behalf of such railroads in reorganization, in order to avoid disruptions in ordinary business relationships. Such obligations shall be limited to--,

"(i) amounts claimed by suppliers (including private car lines) of materials or services utilized or purchased in current rail operations;

"(ii) claims by shippers arising from current rail services;

"(iii) payments to railroads for settlement of current interline accounts and all other current accounts and obligations;

"(iv) claims of employees arising under the collective-bargaining agreements of the railroads in reorganization in the region and subject to section 3 of the Railway Labor Act

// 45 USC 153. //

(including claims for accrued vacation and wages and similar claims arising in connection with labor and services performed);

"(v) claims of all employees or their personal representatives for personal injuries or death and subject to the provisions of Employers' Liability Act (45 U.S.C. 51 - 60);

"(vi) amounts required for adequate funding of accrued pension benefits existing at the time of a conveyance or discontinuance of service under employee pension benefit plans described in section 505(a) of this Act;

// 45 USC 775. //

"(vii) amounts required to provide adequate funding for payment, when due, of claims deriving from membership in any employee voluntary relief plan which provides benefits to its members and their beneficiaries in the event of sickness, accident, disability, or death, and to which both a railroad in reorganization and employee members have made contributions;

"(viii) amounts required to provide adequate funding for payment, when due, of medical and life insurance benefits for employees (whether or not their employment was governed by a collective bargaining agreement) on account of their service with a railroad in reorganization prior to the date of conveyance pursuant to section 303(b)(1) of this Act,

// 45 USC 743. //

and for individuals who retired, prior to such date of conveyance, from service with a railroad in reorganization;

"(ix) amounts required to discharge the obligations of each such railroad in reorganization to nonemployee claimants for personal injuries suffered during the period such railroad has been in reorganization; and

"(x) amounts required to discharge any obligation of a railroad in reorganization in the region to the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, arising out of a contract between such railroad in reorganization and such Corporation under which such railroad in reorganization is required to provide a suitable rail passenger station, in any case in which such railroad in reorganization sold a rail passenger station pursuant to a judicial order of condemnation prior to April 1, 1976.

"(B) The Association shall make a loan pursuant to subparagraph (A) of this paragraph if, notwithstanding any other requirement of this subsection, it finds that the Corpration, the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, or a profitable railroad is entitled to a loan pursuant to section 303(b)(6), 504(e), or 504(g) of this Act, or if, with respect to an obligation referred to in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, it finds that--,

"(i) provision for the payment of such obligation was not included in the financial projections of the final system plan;

"(ii) such obligaion arose from rail operations prior to the date of conveyance of rail properties pursuant to section 303 (b)(1) of this Act and is, under other applicable law, the responsibility of a railroad in reorganization in the region, and a claim is presented to a railroad in reorganization in the region, or the Corporation within 2 years after the date of enactment of the Rail Amendments of 1976;

"(iii) the Corporation, the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, or a profitable railroad has advised the Association that the direct payment of such obligation by the Corporation, the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, or a profitable railroad is for services or materials, the furnishing of which served to avoid disruptions in ordinary business relationships prior to the date of conveyance of rail properties pursuant to section 303 (b)(1) of this Act, or is necessary to avoid postconveyance disruptions in ordinary business relationships;

"(iv) the transferor is unable to pay such obligaion within a reasonable period of time; and

"(v) with respect to loans made to the Corporation, the procedures to be followed by the Corporation, in seeking reimbursement from a railroad in reorganization in the region for an obligation paid on its behalf under this subsection, have been jointly agreed to by the Finance Committee and the Corporation, and the joint agreement--,

"(I) provides for the Corporation to receive reimbursement from the Association for any expenses incurred in seeking reimbursement from any railroad in reorganization in the region for an obligation paid on its behalf under this subsection; and

"(II) includes a stipulation of the exact procedures the Corporation shall undertake to avoid the finding, referred to in paragraph (6)(A)(i) of this subsection, that it has not exercised due diligence.".

(b) Section 211(h)(2) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 721(h)(2)) is amended--,

(1) by inserting immediately before the period at the end of the first sentence thereof the following: "and for the payment of only those accounts payable which relate to obligations of the estates identified in paragraph (1) of this subsection"; and

(2) by adding at the end thereof the following new sentences: " Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as permitting any district court of the United States having jurisdiction over the reorganization of a railroad in reorganization in the region to enjoin, restrain, or limit the Corporation, the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, or a profitable railroad from applying, to payment of the obligations of the estates identified in paragraph (1) of this subsection, amounts collected as (A) accounts receivable pursuant to this paragraph, (B) cash or other current assets identified pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection, or (C) proceeds of loans pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection. Any agency agreement executed prior to the date of the enactment of the Rail Transportation Improvement Act shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform such agreement or order to the provisions of this paragraph. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to affect any payment made prior to such date of enactment with respect to obligations other than those identified in paragraph (1) of this subsection.".

(c) Section 211(h)(4) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C.721(H)(4) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subparagraph:

"(D) (i) Except as provided in clause (ii) of this subparagraph, any funds held in an escrow account by a railroad in reorganization on the date of enactment of the Rail Transportation Improvement Act which are thereafter determined to be cash and other current assets of the estate of such railroad in reorganization, for purposes of paragraph (3) of this subsection, shall be applied as follows--,

"(I) first, to the reduction of any outstanding loans to the Corporation by the Association, pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection, the proceeds of which were used to discharge obligation of such railroad in reorganization;

"(II) second, to the Association to the extent of any such loans which have been forgiven pursuant to paragraph (5) of this subsection; and

"(III) third, to the payment of any remaining obligations of such railroad in reorganization, in accordance with the provision of the agency agreement entered into pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection.

"(ii) The manner disposition set forth in clause (i) of this subparagraph shall not apply with respect to a railroad in reorganization if the Secretary (I) determines that a different disposition of assets is necessary to carry out a reorganization plan of such railroad in reorganization, and that such different disposition adequately protects the interests of the United States, and (Ii) transmits his determination to the court having jurisdiction over the reorganization of such railroad.".

(d) Section 211(h)(5)(B) of the Regional Rail Reorganizaiton Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 721(h)(5)(B)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sentences: " The Corporation, the National Rail Passenger Corporation, or a profitable railroad, as the case may be, shall, with respect to each direct claim for reimbursement pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection, file a proof of administrative expense claim with the trustees of the railroad in reorganization from whom reimbursement is sought. Each such proof of administrative expense claim shall set forth, by category and amount, the obligations of such railroad in reorganization which were paid pursuant to such paragraph (4).".

(e) The first sentence of section 210(b) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 720(b)) is amended to read as follows: " The aggregate principal amount (exclusive of interest or additions to principal on account of accrual of interest) of obligations issued by the Association under this section which may be outstanding at any one time shall not exceed $395,000,000.".

PROTECTION OF EMPLOYEES' PENSION BENEFITS

Sec. 204. Section 303(b)(6) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 743(b)(6)) is amended by striking out the period at the end of the last sentence thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following:", except that in any case in which the Corporation, on or after the date of transfer or assignment as provided by this paragraph, terminates in whole or in part any such plan, the benefits under which are not guaranteed under title Iv of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, // 29 USC 1301. // the Corporation shall guarantee the payment when due of the accrued pension benefits provided for thereunder at the time of termination. The Corporation shall be entitled to a loan pursuant to section 211(h) of this Act in an amount required for the adequate funding of accrued pension benefits under all plans transferred or assigned to the Corporation in accordance with this paragraph (whether or not terminated by the Corporation). For purposes of such section 211(h) and notwithstanding any other provision of Federal or State law, amounts required for such adequate funding shall be deemed to be expenses of administration of the respective estates of the railroads in reorganization, due and payable as of the date of transfer or assignment of the plans to the Corporation.".

EVIDENTIARY USE OF CERTAIN DETERMINATIONS; REIMBURSEMENT

FOR RAIL SERVICE

Sec. 205. (a) Section 304(d) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 744(d)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraph:

"(4) No determination of reasonable payment for the use of rail properties of a railroad in reorganization in the region, and no determination of value of rail properties of such a railroad (including supporting or related documents or reports of any kind) which is made in connection with any lease agreement, contract of sale, or other agreement or understanding which is entered into after the date of enactment of the Rail Transportation Improvement Act--,

"(A) pursuant to this section; or

"(B) pursuant to section 402 of this Act

// 45 USC 562. //

or section 17 of the Urban Mass Transportation Act of 1964 (49 U. S.C. 1613), shall be admitted as evidence, or used for any other purpose, in any civil action, or any other proceeding for damages or compensation, arising under this Act.".

(b) Section 304(e)(5) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 744(e)) is amended by redesignating subparagraph (C) thereof as subparagraph (D), and by inserting immediately after subparagraph (B) thereof the following new subparagraph:

"(C) For purposes of the obligation of the Secretary to reimburse the Corporation (or a profitable railroad) or States, local public bodies, and agencies thereof under subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this paragraph, the level of rail passenger service shall be determined on the basis of train miles, car miles, or some other appropriate indicia of scheduled train movements. Programs to correct deferred maintenance on rolling stock, right-of-way, and other facilities which are designed to maintain service, meet on-time performance, and maintain a reasonable degree of passenger comfort (and costs incurred incident thereto) shall be included within the meaning of the term "loss" as used in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph and within the meaning of the term "additional costs" as used in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph and section 17(a)(2) of the Urban Mass Transportation Act of 1964 (49 U.S.C. 1613(a)(2).".

AUTHORITY OF THE INTERSTATE COMMERCE COMMISSION

Sec. 206. Section 304(j) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 744(j) is amended--,

(1) by striking out paragraph (1) thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following: "(1)(A) Except as provided in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, no local public body which provides mass transportation services by rail, and which is otherwise subject to the Interstate Commerce Act shall, with respect to the provision of such services, be subject to the Interstate Commerce Act

// 49 USC prec. 1 note. //

or to rules, regulations, and orders promulgated under such Act, if the interstate fares, or the ability to apply to the Interstate Commerce Commission for changes thereto, of such local public body is subject to approval or disapproval by a Governor of any State in which it provides services.

"(B) Any local public body described in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph shall continue to be subject to applicable Federal laws pertaining to (i) safety, (ii) the representation of employees for purposes of collective bargaining, and (iii) employment retirement, annuity, and unemployment systems or any other provision pertaining to dealings between employees and employers."; and

(2) by striking out paragraph (2)(B) thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

"(B) 'mass transportation services' means transportation services described in section 12(c)(5) of the Urban Mass Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1608(c)(5)) which are provided by rail.".

REPLACEMENT OPERATORS

Sec. 207. (a) Section 501 of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 771) is amended--,

(1) by striking out "and" at the end of paragraph (9)

thereof;

(2) by striking out the period at the end of paragraph (10) thereof, and inserting in lieu thereof"; and"; and

(3) by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraph: "(11) 'replacement operator' means--,

"(A) a State which has acquired all or part of the rail properties of any railroad in reorganization in the region and which intends to replace any class I railroad as the operator of rail service over such rail properties; or

"(B) any class I railroad which is designated, by a State which has acquired such rail properties, to replace the State or any other class I railroad as the operator of rail service over such rail properties.".

(b) Section 504(f)(3) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 774(b)(3)) is amended--,

(1) in the first sentence thereof, by striking out "shall upon transfer" and all that follows through "status." and inserting in lieu thereof the following:", or as a result of the designation of a replacement operator, shall, upon transfer to the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, an acquiring railroad, or a replacement operator, carry with him his protected status."; and

(2) in the second sentence thereof by striking out "or an acquiring railroad," and inserting in lieu thereof," an acquiring railroad, or a replacement operator,".

(c) Section 509 of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 779) is amended--,

(1) by inserting immediately after "the Association (where applicable)," each time it appears the following: "replacement operators,"; and

(2) in the third sentence thereof, by inserting immediately after "the Corporation nor" the following: "a replacement operator nor".

COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AND FELA CLAIMS

Sec. 208. (a) Section 504(e) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 774(e)) is amended--,

(1) by striking out the period at the end of the first sentence thereof, and inserting in lieu thereof the following:", to the extent that such claims are determined by the Association to be the obligation of a railroad in reorganization in the region."; and

(2) by inserting immediately after the first sentence thereof the following new sentences: " Any liability of an estate of a railroad in reorganization to its employees which is assumed, processed, and paid, pursuant to this subsection, by the Corporation, the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, or an acquiring carrier shall remain the preconveyance obligation of the estate of such railroad for purposes of section 211(h)(1) of this Act. The Corporation, the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, an acquiring carrier, or the Association, as the case may be, shall be entitled to a direct claim as a current expense of administration, in accordance with the provisions of section 211(h) of this Act (other than paragraph (4)(A) thereof), for reimbursement (including costs and expenses of processing such claims) from the estate of the railroad in reorganization on whose behalf such obligations are discharged or paid.".

(b) Section 504(g) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 774(g)) is amended--,

(1) by striking out the period at the end of the last sentence thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following:", to the extent that such claims are determined by the Association to be the obligation of such railroad."; and

(2) by adding at the end thereof the following new sentences: " Any liability of an estate of a railroad in reorganization which is assumed, processed, and paid, pursuant to this subsection, by the Corporation or an acquiring railroad shall remain the preconveyance obligation of the estate of such railroad for purposes of section 211(h)(1) of this Act. The Corporation, an acquiring railroad, or the Association, as the case may be, shall be entitled to a direct claim as a current expense of administration, in accordance with the provisions of section 211(h) of this Act (other than paragraph (4)(A) thereof), for reimbursement (including costs and expenses of processing such claims) from the estate of the railroad in reorganization on whose behalf such obligations are discharged or paid.".

EMPLOYEE DISPLACEMENT ALLOWANCE

Sec. 209. (a) Section 505(b) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 775(b)) is amended--,

(1) in paragraph (1) thereof, by striking out " February 26, 1975" and inserting in lieu thereof " January 1, 1975";

(2) in paragraph (3) thereof, by striking out " February 26, 1975" and inserting in lieu thereof " January 1, 1975"; and

(3) in paragraph (4) thereof, by striking out " February 26, 1975" and inserting in lieu thereof " January 1, 1975".

(b) Section 505(b)(1)(B) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 775(b)(1)(B) is amended by inserting immediately after "(B)" the following: "with respect to a protected employee who has been deprived of his employment,".

NONCONTRACT EMPLOYEES

Sec. 210. (a) Section 505(i)(2) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 775(i)(2)) is amended by inserting immediately after the first sentence thereof the following new sentence: " Such resolution procedure shall be the exclusive means available to the parties for resolving such dispute, and any arbitration decision rendered shall be final and binding on all parties.".

(b) Section 505(i) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 775(i)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraph:

"(3) Except as otherwise provided in this title, a protected employee whose employment is not governed by the terms of a collective bargaining agreement and who has been deprived of employment shall not, during the period in which he is entitled to protection, be placed in a worse position with respect to any voluntary relief plan benefits or preretirement benefits provided under any life or medical insurance plan, except that the level of benefits to which such an employee is entitled under this paragraph shall not exceed the level of benefits which is afforded to the Corporation's active noncontract employees of cimparable age, position, and level of compensation.".

(c) Section 505(b)(4) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 775(b)(4)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: " This paragraph shall not apply to any noncontract employee whose noncontract position has been abolished.".

UNITED STATES RAILWAY ASSOCIATION BOARD MEMBERSHIP

Sec. 211. (a) Section 102(16) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 702(16)) is amended by striking out "the duly authorized representatives of either of them" and inserting in lieu thereof", in his absence, the Deputy Secretary of Transportation".

(b) Section 201(d)(2) of such Act (45 U.S.C. 711) is amended by striking out "their duly authorized representatives" and inserting in lieu thereof "the Deputy Secretary of Transportation, the Vice Chairman of the Commission, or the Deputy Secretary of the Treasury, as the case may be".

(c) Section 201(h) of such Act (45 U.S.C. 711(h)) is amended by striking out the second sentence thereof.

(d) Section 201(i) of such Act (45 U.S.C. 711(i)) is amended, in the first sentence thereof, by striking out "duly authorized representatives" and inserting in lieu thereof " Deputy Secretaries".

(e) Section 201(j)(4) of such Act (45 U.S.C. 711(j)(4)) is amended to read as follows: " Any reference in this Act to the Secretary of the Treasury is to the Secretary of the Treasury or the person who is at the time performing the duties of the Office of the Secretary of the Treasury in accordance with law or, in his absence, the Deputy Secretary of the Treasury. Any reference in this Act to the Chairman of the Commission is to the Chairman of the Commission or the person who is at the time performing the duties of the Chairman of the Commission in accordance with law.".

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

Sec. 212. (a) Section 505(a) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 825(a)) is amended to read as follows:

" Sec. 505. (a) In General.--Any railroad may apply to the Secretary, following the date of enactment of this Act and in accordance with regulations promulgated by the Secretary, for financial assistance for facilities rehabilitation and improvement financing and for such other financial assistance as may be approved by the Secretary. Any regulations promulgated by the Secretary pursuant to this section shall include specific and detailed standards in accordance with which the Secretary shall conduct the evaluations and make the determinations required in subsection (b)(2) of this section.".

PRIORITY OF REDEEMABLE PREFERENCE SHARES

Sec. 213. Section 506(a)(2) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 826(a)(2)) is amended--,

(1) in clause (i) thereof, by inserting immediately after "whenever issued," the following: "except that the Secretary may make any such redeemable preference share subordinate to any common stock which was issued as a result of an exchange for securities which were senior in right to common stock, if (I) such exchange took place pursuant to a court-approved reorganization plan under section 77 of the Bankruptcy Act (11 U. S.C. 205), and (Ii) the railroad subject to such reorganization plan was in reorganization under such section 77

// 11 USC 205. //

prior to the date of enactment of this Act,";

(2) in clause (iii) thereof, by inserting immediately after "other than common stock" the following: "(except in those cases in which the Secretary has provided for subordination pursuant to clause (i) of this paragraph) which is";

REDEMPTION PAYMENTS AND INTEREST RATE

Sec. 214. (a) Section 506(a)(4) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 826(a)(4)) is amended by striking out the period at the end thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following: "and, except to permit the railroad to prepay its redemption payments, the number of such annual redemption payments shall in no event be less than 15; and".

(b) Section 506(a) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 826(a)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraph:

"(5) the proceeds from the issuance of which are to be expended solely to reduce the deferred maintenance on facilities, shall in no event yield (A) less than the minimum permissible yield determinable in accordance with paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection, nor (B) more than such railroad's rate of return on total capital (represented by the ratio which such carrier's net income, including interest on long-term debt, bore to the sum of the average shareholder's equity, long-term debt, and accumulated deferred income tax credits for the three fiscal years preceding the date of submission of the application) as determined in accordance with the uniform system of accounts promulgated by the Commission in those cases in which such rate of return exceeded such minimum permissible yield.".

OBLIGATION GUARANTEES

Sec. 215. (a) Section 511 of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 831) is amended by striking out subsection (c) thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following new subsection:

"(c) Full Faith and Credit.--All guarantees entered into by the Secretary under this section shall constitute general obligations of the United States of America backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America.".

(b) Section 511(h) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 831(h)) is amended--,

(1) in paragraph (1) thereof, by inserting "(A)" immediately after "secured", and by inserting immediately before the semicolon the following", or (B) in the case of the rehabilitation or improvement of leased equipment, by the lease"; and

(2) by amending paragraph (5) thereof to read as follows--,

"(5) the prospective earning power of the applicant, or the value or prospective earning power of any equipment or facilities to be improved, rehabilitated, or acquired (or any combination of the foregoing), together with any other security offered by the applicant, is sufficient to provide the United States with reasonable security and protection, except that if the value or prospective earning power of such equipment or facilities is equal to or greater than the amount of the obligation to be guaranteed, the Secretary may not, on the basis of the lack of prospective earning power of the applicant, find that the United States will not be provided with the reasonable security and protection referred to in this paragraph; and".

(c) Section 511(j) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 831(j)) is amended to read as follows:

"(j) Conditions of Guarantees.--(1) The Secretary shall, before making, approving, or extending any guarantee or commitment to guarantee any obligation under this section, require the obligor to agree to such terms and conditions as are sufficient, in the judgment of the Secretary, to assure that, as long as any principal or interest is due and payable on such obligation, such obligor--,

"(A) will not make any discretionary dividend payments, except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection; and

"(B) will not use any funds or assets from railroad operations for nonrail purposes, if such payments or use will impair the ability of such obligor to provide rail services in an efficient and economic manner or will adversely effect the ability of such obligor to perform any obligation guaranteed by the Secretary.

"(2) An obligor shall not be restricted with respect to making dividend payments from its net income for any fiscal year, if such payments do not exceed--,

"(A) when compared to the net income of such obligor for such fiscal year, the ratio which aggregate dividends paid by such obligor, during the 5 fiscal years prior to the granting of the earliest loan guarantee then outstanding under this section, bore to aggregate net income of such obligor for such period; or

"(B) 50 per centum of the total additions to the retained income of such obligor (computed on a cumulative basis and giving cognizance to dividends paid) during the period commencing with the fiscal year prior to the granting of the earliest loan guarantee then outstanding under this section, whichever is greater.

"(3) The restrictions set forth in paragraphs (1) of this subsection shall not apply with respect to an obligation guaranteed under this section if, in the event of a default by the obligor, the Secretary would be subrogated to the rights of the lender under section 77(j) of the Bankruptcy Act.".

// 11 USC 205. //

(d) Section 511 of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 831) is amended by striking out subsection (g) thereof and redesignating subsections (h) through (n) thereof as subsections (g) through (m), respectively.

REHABILITATION AND FINANCING AMENDMENTS

Sec. 216. (a) Section 505(b)(2) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 825(b)(2)) is amended--,

(1) by inserting in the third sentence thereof, immediately after "shall" the following: "evaluate and";

(2) by inserting immediately after "financed" in clause (A) the following: "and the railroad's rate of return on total capital (represented by the ratio which such carriers net income, including interest on long-term debt, bore to the sum of average shareholder's equity, long-term debt, and accumulated deferred income tax for fiscal year 1975) as determined in accordance with the uniform system of accounts promulgated by the Commission"; and

(3) by inserting immediately after the third sentence thereof the following new sentence: " Except as provided in the last sentence of this paragraph, the Secretary, in determining the extent to which a project will provide public benefits, shall give the highest priority to projects which will enhance the ability of the applicant carrier or other carriers to provide essential freight services.".

(b) Section 503(e) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 823(e)) is amended by striking out "60" and inserting in lieu thereof "150".

(c) Section 504(b) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 824(b)) is amended--,

(1) by striking out "360" and inserting in lieu thereof "540"; and

(2) by inserting in paragraph (A) thereof, immediately after "needs," the following: "the projected gross national product, the potential demand for rail service and the types of service capable of meeting that potential demand, the potential revenues and costs (including capital costs associated with those revenues), the demand for rail services for which the railroads could compete on an economic basis, the probable sources of funding for the capital costs of providing those services, and which of those costs must be provided by public financing,".

(d) Section 509 of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 829) is amended by striking out " September 30, 1978" and inserting in lieu thereof " March 31, 1979".

(e) Section 901 of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (49 U.S.C. 1654 note) is amended by striking out "540" and inserting in lieu thereof "720".

NORTHEAST CORRIDOR ACQUISITIONS

Sec. 217. (a) Section 704(a)(3)(B) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 854(a)(3)(B)) is amended by striking out "$85,182,956" and inserting in lieu thereof "$120,000,000".

(b) Section 704(a)(3) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 854(a)(3)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: " Amounts appropriated pursuant to subparagraphs (B) and (D) of this paragraph shall be used first for the repayment, with interest, of that portion of obligations issued by the National Railroad Passenger Corporation and guaranteed pursuant to section 602 of the Rail Passenger Service Act (34 U.S.C. 602), // 45 USC 602. // the proceeds of which have been used for the payment of expenses resulting from the acquisition of the properties referred to in such subparagraphs (B) and (D).".

(c) Section 704 of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 854) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsections:

"(e) Note and Mortgage.--In order to protect and secure the expenditure of funds by the United States on account of the acquisition and improvement of properties designated under section 206 (c)(1)(C) and (D) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 716( c)(1)(C) and (D)), The Secretary is authorized to obtain a note of indebtedness from, and to enter into a mortgage agreement with, the National Railroad Passenger Corporation in order to establish a mortgage lien on such properties for the United States securing such expenditure. Such note and mortgage shall not infringe upon or supersede the authority conferred upon the National Railroad Passenger Corporation by section 701 of this Act. // 45 USC 851. //

"(f) Exemption and Immunity.--Any agreement, security, or obligation obtained by the Secretary pursuant to subsection (e) of this section, and any transaction in connection with any such agreement, security, or obligation, shall be exempt from the provisions of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 1 et seq.), the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S. C. 77a et seq.), and any other Federal, State, or local law or regulation which regulates securities or the issuance thereof. Any such agreement, security, obligation, or transaction shall enjoy all of the immunities from other laws which section 601 of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 791) accords to transactions which are in compliance with or implement the final system plan. The conveyance or tranafer of rail properties resulting from any such agreement, security, obligation, or transaction shall enjoy the same exemptions, privileges, and immunities which the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (including section 303(e) thereof) accords to conveyances ordered or approved by the special court under section 306(b) of such Act (45 U.S.C. 743(b)).

"(g) Protection from Liability.--The Corporation, its Board of Directors, and its individual directors shall not be liable to any party for any damages, or in any other manner, by reason of the fact that the Corporation has given or issued a security or obligation to the United States pursuant to the provisions of subsection (e) of this section. The immunity granted by this subsection shall also extend to any agreement entered into by the Corporation pursuant to such subsection (e) and to any transaction in connection with. The United States shall indemnify the Corporation, its Board of Directors, and its individual directors against all costs and expenses (including fees of accountants, experts, and attorneys) actually and reasonable incurred in defending any litigation testing the legal validity of any security, obligation, agreement, or transaction, given, issued, or entered into pursuant to such subsection (e).".

DISCONTINUANCE AND ABANDONMENT PROCEDURES

Sec. 218. (a) Section 1a(1) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S. C. 1a(1)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: " The authority granted to the Commission under this section shall not apply to (a) abandonment or discontinuance with respect to spur, industrial, team, switching, or side tracks if such tracks are located entirely within one State, or (b) any street, suburban, or interurban electric railway which is not operated as part of a general system of rail transportation.".

(b) Section 1a(4) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 1a(4)) is amended--,

(4) by adding immediately before the last sentence thereof the following new sentence " If such certificate is issued without an investigation pursuant to paragraph (3) of this section, actual abandonment or discontinuance may take effect, in accordance with such certificate, 30 days after the date of issuance thereof."; and

(2) in the last sentence thereof, by inserting immediately after "issued" the following: "after an investigation pursuant to such paragraph (3)".

PRESERVATION OF HISTORICAL RAIL FACILITIES

Sec. 219. (a) Section 4(i)(9) of the Department of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1653) is amended by--,

(1) striking out "$5,000,000" in clauses (ii) and (iii) of subparagraph (A) thereof and inserting in lieu thereof "2,500,000";

(2) striking out subparagraph (B) thereof and redesignating subparagraph (C) thereof as subparagraph (B) thereof.

(b) Section 11(a)(1) of the National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 960(a)(1)) is amended by adding after subparagraph (B) thereof the following new subparagraph:

"(C) There are authorized to be appropriated to the National Endowment for the Arts for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1977, not to exceed--,

"(i) $2,500,000 for planning pursuant to paragraph (1)(D) of section 4(i) of the Department of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1652(i)),

// 49 USC 1653. //

"(ii) $2,500,000 for interim maintenance pursuant to paragraph (1)(B) of such section 4(i); and

"(iii) $250,000 for administrative expenses. Sums appropriated for the purposes of this subparagraph shall remain available until expended.".

TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS

Sec. 220. (a) Section 211(h)(6)(A)(i) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act (45 U.S.C. 721(h)(6)(A)(i) is amended by striking out "paragraph (1)(E)" and inserting in lieu thereof "paragraph (1)(B)( v)".

(b) Section 303(c) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C.743(C)) is amended--,

(1) in paragraph (2)(A) thereof, by striking out "securities, certificates of value of the Corproation" and inserting in lieu thereof "securities and certificates of value";

(2) in paragraph (2)(A) thereof, by striking out "it has" and inserting in lieu thereof "they have";

(3) in paragraph (2)(B) thereof, by striking out " Corporation's securities, certificates of value" and inserting in lieu thereof "securities and certificates of value";

(4) in paragraph (2)(B) thereof, by striking out "other securities, certificates of value" and inserting in lieu thereof "other securities"; and

(5) in the fourth sentence of paragraph (3) thereof, by striking out "section 303(a)(2)" and inserting in lieu thereof "subsection (a)(2) of this section".

(c) Section 308(d)(2) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (15 U.S.C. 80a--3 note) is amended by striking out "subsection (c)" and inserting in lieu thereof "subsection (b)".

(d) Section 504(a)(2) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 824(a)) is amended by inserting "and equipment" immediately after "railroad's facilities".

(e) The first sentence of section 511(a) of the Rail Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 831(a)) is amended by inserting immediately before the period at the end thereof the following:", or to develop or establish new railroad facilities".

(f) Section 511(h) of the Rail Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 831(h)) is amended by striking out " Prequisites for Guarantees." and inserting in lieu thereof " Prerequisites for Guarantees.".

(g) Section 809(a)(1) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 1a note), // 49 USC 1a note. // is amended by striking out "abandoned" and inserting "abandoned since 1970" immediately after "railroad right-of-way".

(h) Section 901(8) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (49 U.S.C. 1654(8)) // 49 USC 1654 note. // is amended to read as follows:

"(8) a survey and analysis of the railroad industry in the United States to determine its financial condition and the physical condition of its facilities, rolling stock, and equipment.".

(i) The second sentence of section 5(16) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 5(16)) is amended by striking out "paragraph (16)" and inserting in lieu thereof "paragraph (17)".

(j) The first sentence of section 17(9)(e) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 17(9)(e)) is amended by striking out "section" and inserting in lieu thereof "paragraph".

(k) Section 5b(5)(a)(iii) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 5b(5)(a)(iii)) is amended by striking out "section 15(7)" and inserting in lieu thereof "section 15(8)".

(1) Section 13(5) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 13 (5)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: " Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the authority of the Commission to institue an investigation or to act in such investigation as provided in paragraphs (3) and (4) of this section.".

(m) The final sentence of section 15(19) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 15(19)) is amended by striking out "section 2" and inserting in lieu thereof "section 1,2".

(n) Section 22(2) of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 22 (2)) is amended--,

(1) by inserting immediately after "under section 5a" the following: "or section 5b"; and

(2) by striking out "said section 5a" and inserting in lieu thereof "such section 5a or paragraph (8) of such section 5b".

(o) Part I of the Interstate Commerce Act (49 U.S.C. 1 et seq.) // 49 USC 26c. // is amended by inserting immediately before the section 28 the following center heading:

" DISCRIMINATORY STATE TAXATION". TITLE III-- GENERAL PROVISIONS ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY

Sec. 301. // 45 USC 641 note. // The Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare, in consultation with the Interstate Commerce Commission and the Secretary of Transportation, shall submit a report to the Congress within 18 months after the enactment of this Act concerning (1) the risk of outbreaks of disease or illnesses and any other adverse environmental effects resulting from the discharge of waste from railroad conveyances operated in intercity rail passenger service, in rail commuter service, and in rail freight service, and (2) the financial and operating hardships on railroads or public authorities which would result from a prohibition of waste disposal. Such report shall contain such recommendations as the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare, the Interstate Commerce Commission, or the Secretary of Transportation considers appropriate to balance possible dangers of disease or illness and environmental considerations with operating or financial considerations relevant to the railroad industry, including any distinction considered appropriate between new railroad rolling stock and existing railroad rolling stock, and shall consider any regulations pertaining to waste disposal from railroad conveyances operated in other Nations.

DELMARVA RAIL STUDY

Sec. 302. The Interstate Commerce Commission shall, within 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act, // 45 USC 714 note. // submit a report to the Congress with respect to the problems of, and need for, rail transportation services on the Delaware-Maryland-Virginia peninsula. Such report shall include--,

(1) an analysis of why the acquisitions proposed under the final system plan with respect to rail properties on such peninsula were not consummated; and

(2) recommendations with respect to the continuation or extension of viable rail transportation service on such peninsula.

EFFECTIVE DATE

Sec. 303. The provisions of this Act // 45 USC 543 note. // and the amendments made by this Act shall take effect on October 1,1976.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

HOUSE REPORTS: No. 94 - 1168 accompanying H.R. 13601 and No. 94 - 1479 accompanying H.R. 14932 (both Comm. on Interstate and Foreign Commerce) and No. 94 - 1743 (Comm. of Conference).

SENATE REPORT No. 94 - 851 (Comm. on Commerce).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 122 (1976):

June 9, 11, H.R. 13601 considered and passed House.

Sept. 1, considered and passed Senate, in lieu of H.R. 13601.

Sept. 27, considered and passed House, amended, in lieu of H. R. 14932.

Sept. 30, Senate agreed to conference report.

Oct. 1, House agreed to conference report.

PUBLIC LAW 94-554, 90 STAT. 2603, JUDICIAL SURVIVORS' ANNUITIES REFORM ACT.

94th Congress, S. 12 October 19, 1976
An Act To amend section 376 of title 28, United States Code, in order to reform and update the existing program for annuities to survivors of Federal Justices and judges.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That this Act may be cited as the " Judicial Survivors' Annuities Reform Act".

Sec. 2. That section 376 of title 28 of the United States Code // 28 USC 376 note. // is amended to read as follows:

" Sec. 376. Annuities for survivors of certain judicial officials of the United States

"(a) For the purposes of this section--,

"(1) 'judicial official' means:

"(A) a Justice or judge of the United States, as defined by section 451 of this title;

// 28 USC 451. //

"(B) a judge of the United States District Court for the District of the Canal Zone, the District Court of Guam, or the District Court of the Virgin Islands;

"(C) a Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts, after he or she has filed a waiver under subsection section (a) of section 611 of this title;

// 28 USC 611. //

"(D) a Director of the Federal Judicial Center, after he or she has filed a waiver under subsection (b) of section 627 of this title;

// 28 USC 627. //

or

"(E) as administrative assistant to the Chief Justice of the United States, after he or she has filed a waiver in accordance with both subsection (a) of section 677

// 28 USC 677. //

and subsection (a) of section 611 of this title; who notifies the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts in writing of his or her intention to come within the purview of this section within six months after (i) the date upon which he or she takes office, (ii) the date upon which he or she marries, or (iii) the date upon which the Judicial Survivors' Annuities Reform Act becomes effective;

"(2) 'retirement salary' means:

"(A) in the case of a Justice or judge of the United States, as defined by section 451 of this title salary paid (i) after retirement from regular active service under subsection (b) of section 371 or subsection (a) of section 372 of this title ,

// 28 USC 372. //

or (ii) after retirement from office by resignation on salary under subsection (a) of section 371 of this title;

// 28 USC 371. //

"(B) in the case of a judge of the United States District Court for the District of the Canal Zone, the District Court of Guam, or the District of the Virgin Islands, salary paid after retirement from office (i) by resignation on salary under section 373 of this title

// 28 USC 373. //

or (ii) by removal or failure or reappointment after not less than ten years' judicial service;

(C) in the case of a Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts, an annuity paid under subsection (b) or (c) of section 611 of this title;

"(D) in the case of a Director of the Federal Judicial Center, an annuity paid under subsection (c) or (d) of section 627 of this title; and

"(E) in the case of an administrative assistant to the Chief Justice of the United States, annuity paid in accordance with both subsection (a) of section 677 and subsection (a) of section 611 of this title;

// 28 USC 677, 611. //

"(3) 'widow' means the surviving wife of a 'judicial official', who:

"(A) has been married to him for at least one year on the day of his death; or

"(B) is the mother of issue by that marriage;

"(4) 'widower' means the surviving husband of a 'judicial official', who:

"(A) has been married to her for at least one year on the day of her death; or

"(b) is the father of issue by that marriage;

"(5) 'child' means:

"(A) an unmarried child under eighteen years of age, including (i) an adopted child and (ii) a stepchild or recognized natural child who lived with the judicial official in a regular parent-child relationship;

"(B) such unmarried child between eighteen and twenty-two years of age who is a student regularly pursuing a fulltime course of study or training in residence in a high school, trade school, technical or vocational institute, junior college, college, university, or comparable educational institution. A child whose twenty-second birthday occurs before July 1, or after August 31, of a calendar year, and while he or she is regularly pursuinng such a course of study or training, is deemed to have become twenty-two years of age on the first day of July immediately following that birthday. A child who is a student is deemed not to have ceased being a student during an interim period between school years, if that interim period lasts no longer than five consecutive months and if

that child shows, to the satisfaction of the Director of the

Administrative Office of the United States Courts, that he or she has a bona fide intention of continuing to pursue a course

of study or training in the same or a different school during

the school semester, or other period into which the school year is divided, immediately following that interim period; or

"(C) such unmarried child, regardless of age, who is incapable of self-support because of a mental or physical disability incurred either (i) before age eighteen, or (ii) in the case of a child who is receiving an annuity as a full-time student under subparagraph (5)(B) of this subsection, before the termination of that annuity.

"(b) Every judicial official who files a written notification of his or her intention to come within the purview of this section, in accordance with paragraph (1) of subsection (a) of this section, shall be deemed thereby to consent and agree to having deducted and withheld from his or her salary, including any 'retirement salary', a sum equal to 4.5 percent of that salary. The amounts so deducted and withheld from the salary of each such judicial official shall, in accordance with such procedures as may be prescribed by the Comptroller General of the United States, be covered into the Treasury of the United States and credited to the ' Judicial Survivors' Annuities Fund' established by section 3 of the Judicial Survivors' Annuities Reform Act. Such fund shall be used for the payment of annuities, refunds, and allowances as provided by this section. Payment of such salary less such deductions shall be a full and complete discharge and acquittance of all claims and demands whatsoever for all services rendered by such judicial official during the period covered by such payment, except the rughts to those benefits to which such judicial official, or his or her survivors, shall be entitled under the provisions of this section.

"(c) There shall also be deposited to the credit of the ' Judicial Survivors' Annuities Fund', in accordance with such procedures as may be prescribed by the Comptroller General of the United States, amounts matching those deducted and withheld in accordance with subsection (b) of this section. Such deposits shall be taken from the fund used to pay the compensation of the judicial official, and shall immediately become an intergrated part of the ' Judicial Survivors' Annuities Fund' for any use required under this section.

"(d) Each judicial official shall deposit, with interest at 4 percent per annum to December 31, 1947, and at 3 percent per annum thereafter, compounded on December 31 of each year, to the credit of the ' Judicial Survivors' Annuities Fund':

"(1) a sum equal to 4.5 percent of that salary, including 'retirement salary', which he or she has received for serving in any of the offices designated in paragraph (1) of subsection (a) of this section prior to the date upon which he or she filed notice of an intention to come within the purview of this section with the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts; and

"(2) a sum equal to 4.5 percent of the basic salary, pay, or compensation which he or she has received for serving as a Senator, Representative Delegate, or Resident Commissioner in Congress, or for serving as an 'employee', as that term is defined in subsection (1) of section 8331 of title 5, prior to assuming the responsibilities of any of the offices designated in paragraph (1) of subsection (a) of this section.

The interest otherwise required by this subsection shall not be required for any period during which a judicial official was separated from all such service and was not receiving any retirement salary.

" Each such judicial official may elect to make such deposits in installments, during the continuance of his or her service in those offices designated in paragraph (1) of subsection (a) of this section, in such amounts and under such conditions as may be determined in each instance by the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts: Provided, That, in each instance in which a judicial official does elect to make such deposits in installments, the Director shall require (i) that the first installment payment made shall be in an amount no smaller than that amount necessary to cover at least the last eighteen months of prior creditable civilian service, and (ii) that at least one additional installment payment shall be made every eighteen months thereafter until the total of all such deposits have been made.

" Notwithstanding the failure of any such judicial official to make all such deposits or installment payments, credit shall be allowed for the service rendered, but the annuity of that judicial official's widow or widower shall be reduced by an amount equal to 10 percent of the amount of such deposits, computed as of the date of the death of such judicial official, unless such widow or widower shall elect to eliminate such service entirely from credit under subsection (k) of this section: Provided, That no deposit shall be required from any such judicial official for any honorable active duty service in the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marine Corps, or Coast Guard of the United States, or for any other creditable service rendered prior to August 1, 1920.

"(e) The amounts deducted and withheld in accordance with subsection (b) of this section, and the amounts deposited in accordance with subsection (d) of this section, shall be credited to individual accounts in the name of each judicial from whom such amounts are received, for credit to the ' Judicial Survivors' Annuities Fund'.

"(f) The Secretary of the Treasury shall invest, from time to time, in interest bearing securities of the United States or Federal farm loan bonds, those portions of the ' Judicial Survivors' Annuities Fund' which in his judgment may not be immediately required for the payment of annuities, refunds, and allowances as provided in this section. The income derived from such investments shall constitute a part of such fund for the purposes of paying annuities and carrying out the provisions of subsection (g), (h), (m), (o), (p), and (q) of this section.

"(g) If any judicial official resigns from office without receiving any 'retirement salary', all amounts credited to his or her individual account, together with interest at 4 percent per annum to December 31, 1947; and at 3 percent annum thereafter, compounded on December 31 of each year, to the date of his or her relinquishment of office, shall be returned to that judicial official in a lump-sum payment within a reasonable period of time following the date of his or her relinquishment of office. For the purposes of this subsection a 'reasonable period of time' shall be presumed to be no longer than one year following the date upon which such judicial official relinquished his or her office.

"(h) Annuities payable under this section shall be paid only in accordance with the following provisions:

"(1) In any case in which a judicial official dies while in office, or while receiving 'retirement salary,' after having completed at least eighteen months of creditable civilian service, as computed in accordance with subsection (k) of this section, for the last eighteen months of which the salary deductions provided by subsection (b) of this section or, in lieu thereof, ther deposits required by subsection (d) of this seciton have actually been made--,

"(A) if such judicial official is survived by a widow or widower, but not by a child, there shall be paid to such widow or widower an annuity, beginning on the day on which such judicial official died, in an amount computed as provided in subseciton (l) of this section; or

"(B) if such judicial official is survived by a widow or widower and a chile or children, there shall be paid to such widow or widower an annuity, beginning on the day on which such judicial official died, in an amount computed as provided in subsection (l) of this section, and there shall also be paid to or on behalf of each such child an immediate annuity equal to:

"(i)$1,548: or "(ii) $4,644, divided by the number of children; whichever

is smallest; or

"(C) if such judicial official leaves no surviving widow or widower, but does leave a surviving child or children, there shall be paid to or on behalf of each such child an immediate annuity equal to:

"(i) the amount of the annuity ot which the judicial official's widow or widower would have been entitled under subparagraph (1)(A) of this subsection, had such widow or widower survived the judicial official, divided by the number of children; or "(ii) $1,860; or "(iii) $5,580, divided by the number of children; whichever

is smallest.

"(2) An annuity payable to a widow or widower under subparagraphs (1)(A) or (1)(B) of this subsection shall be terminated upon his or her death or remarriage.

"(3) An annuity payable to a child under this subsection shall terminate:

"(A) if such child is receiving an annuity based upon his or her status under subparagraph (5)(A) of subsection (a) of this section, on the last day of the month during which he or she becomes eighteen years of age;

"(B) if such child is receiving an annuity based upon his or her status under subparagraph (5)(B) of subsection (a) of this section, either (i) on the first day of July immediately following his or her twenty-second birthday or (ii) on the last day of the month during which he or she ceases to be a full-time student in accordance with subparagraph (5)(B) of subsection (a) of this section, whichever occurs first: Provided, That if such child is rendered incapable of self-support because of a mental or physical disability incurred while receiving that annuity, that annuity shall not terminate, but shall continue without interruption and shall

be deemed to have become, as of the date of disability, an

annuity based upon his or her status under clause (ii) of subparagraph (5)(C) of subsection (a) of this section;

"(C) if such child is receiving an annuity based upon his or her status under subparagraph (5)(C) of subsection (a) of this section, on the last day of the month during which he or she ceases to be incapable of self-support because of mental or physical disability; or

"(D) on the last day of the month during which such child dies or marries.

"(4) An annuity payable to a child or children under subparagraph (1)(B) of this subsection shall be recomputed and paid as provided in subparagraph (1)(C) of this subsection upon the death, but not upon the remarriage, of the widow or widower who is receiving an annuity under subparagraph (1)(B) of this subsection.

"(5) In any case in which the annuity of a child is terminated, the annuity of each remaining child which is based upon the service of the same judicial official shall be recomputed and paid as though the child whose annuity has been terminated had not survived that judicial official.

"(i) All questions of dependency and disability arising under this section shall be determined by the Director of the Administrative Office of the Unites States Courts, subject to review only by the Judicial Conference of the United States shall be final and conclusive. The Director may order or direct at any time such medical or other examinations as he deems necessary to determine the facts relative to the nature and degree of disability of anychild who is an annuitant, or an applicant for an annuity, under this section, and may suspend or deny any such annuity for failure to submit to any such examination.

"(j) In any case in which a payment under this section is to be made to a minor, or to a person mentally incompetent or under other legal disability, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, such payment may be made to the person who is constituted guardian or other fiduciary of such claimant by the laws of the State of residence of such claimant, or to any other person who is otherwise legally vested with the care of the claimant or of the claimant's estate, and need not be made directly to such claimant. The Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts may, at his or her discretion, determine whether such payment is made directly to such claimant or to such guardian, fiduciary, or other person legally vested with the care of such claimant or the claimant's estate. Where no guardian or other fiduciary of such minor or such person under legal disability has been appointed under the laws of the State of residence of such claimant, the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts shall determine the person who is otherwise legally vested with the care of the claimant or of the claimant's estate.

"(k) The years of service rendered by a judicial official which may be creditable in calculating the amount of an annuity for such judicial official's widow or widower under subsection (l) of this section shall include--,

"(1) those years during which such judicial official served in any of the offices designated in paragraph (1) of subsection (a) of this section, including in the case of a Justice or judge of the United States those years during which he or she continued to hold office following retirement from regular active service under subsection (b) of section 371 or subsection (a) of section 372 of this title;

// 28 USC 371, 372. //

"(2) those years during which such judicial official served as a Senator, Representative, Delegate, or Resident Commissioner in Congress, prior to assuming the responsibilities of any of the offices designated in paragraph (1) of subsection (a) of this section;

"(3) those years during which such judicial official honorably served on active duty in the Army, Navy, Air force, Marine Corps, or Coast Guard of the United States, prior to assuming the responsibilities of any of the offices designated in paragraph (1) of subsection (a) of this section : Provided, That those years of such military service for which credit has been allowed for the purposes of retirement or retired pay under any other provision of law shall not be included as allowable years of such service under this section; and

"(4) those years during which such judicial official served as an 'employee', as that term is defined in subseciton (1) of section 8331 of title 5, prior to assuming the responsibilities of any of the offices designated in paragraph (1) of subsection (a) of this section. For the purposes of this subsection the term 'years' shall mean full years and twelfth parts thereof, excluding from the aggregate any fractional part of a month which numbers less than fifteen full days and including, as one full month, any fractional part of a month which numbers fifteen full days or more. Nothing in this subsection shall be interpreted as waiving or canceling that reduction in the annuity of a widow or widower which is required by subsection (d) of this section due to the failure of a judicial official to make those deposits required by subsection (d) of this section.

"(l) The annuity of a widow of widower of a judicial official shall be an amount equal to the sum of--,

"(1) 11/4 percent of the average annual salary, including retirement salary, which such judicial official received for serving in any of the offices designated in paragraph (1) of subsection (a) of this section (i) during those three years of such sevice in which his or her annual salary was greatest, or (ii) if such judicial official has so served less than three years, but more than eighteen months, then during the total period of such service prior to his or her death, multiplied by the total of:

"(A) the number of years of creditable service tabulated in accordance with paragraph (1) of subsection (k) of this section; plus

"(B) the number of years of creditable service tabulated in accordance with paragraph (2) of subsection (k) of this section; plus

"(C) the number of years of creditable service tabulated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsectin (k) of this section; plus

"(D) the number of years up to, but not exceeding, fifteen of creditable serivce tabulated in accordance with paragraph (4) of subsection (k) of this section, plus: "(2) three-fourths of 1 percent of such average annual salary, multiplied by the number of years of any prior creditable service, as tabulated in accordance with subsection (k) of this section, not applied under paragraph (1) of this subsection: Provided, That such annuityb shall not exceed 40 percent of such average annual salary and shall be further reduced in accordance with subsection (d) of this section, if applicable. "(m) Whenever the salary paid for service in one of the offices designated in paragraph (1) of subsection (a) of this section is increased, each annuity payable from the ' Judicial Survivors' Annuities Fund', which is based, in whole or in part, upon a deceased judicial official having rendered some portion of his or her final eighteen months of service in that same office, shall also be increased. The actual amount of the increase in such an annuity shall be determined by multiplying the amount of the annuity, on the date on which the increase in salary becomes effective, by 3 percent for each 5 percent by which such salary has been increased. In the event that such salary in increased by less than 5 percent, there shall be no increase in such annuity.

"(n) Each annuity authorized under this section shall accrue monthly and shall be due and apyable in monthly installments on the first business day of the month following the month or other period for which the annuity shall have accrued. No annuity authorized under this section shall be assignable, either in law or in equity, or subject to execution, levy, attachment, garnishment, or other legal process.

"(o) In any case in which a judicial official dies while in office or while receiving 'retirement salary', and;

"(1) before having completed eighteen months of civilian service, computed in accordance with subsection (k) of this section, during which the salary deductions provided by subsection (b) of this section or the deposit required by subsection (d) of this section have actually been made; or

"(2) after having completed eighteen months of civilian serivce, computed in accordance with subsection (k) of this section, during which all such deductions or deposits have made, but with out a survivor or suvivors who are entitled to receive the annuity benefits provided by subsection (h) of this section; or

"(3) the rights of all persons entitled to receive the annuity benefits provided by subsection (h) of this section terminate before a valid claim therefor has been established; the total amount credited to the individual account of that judicial official, established under subsection (e) of this section, with interest at 4 percent per annum to December 31, 1947, and at 3 percent per annum thereafter, compounded on December 31, of each year, to the date of that judicial official's death, shall be paid, upon the establishment of a valid claim therefor, to the person or persons surviving at the date title tot he payment arises, in the following order of precedence:

" First, to the beneficiary or beneficiaries whom that judicial official may have designated in a writing received by the Administrative Office of the United States Courts prior to his or her death;

" Second, if there be no such beneficiary, to the widow or widower of such judicial official;

" Third, if none of the above, to the child or children of such judicial official and the descendants of any deceased children by representation;

" Fourth, if none ofthe above, to the parents of such judicial official of the survivor of them;

" Fifth, if none of the above, to the duly appointed executor, executrix, administrator, or administratrix of the estate of such judicial official;

" Sixth, if none of the above, to such other next of kin of such judicial official, as may be determined by the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts to be entitled to such payment, under the laws of the domicile of such judicial official, at the time of his or her death. Such payment shall be a bar to recovery by any other person. For the purposes of this subsection only, a determination that an individual is a widow, widower, or child of a judicial official may be made by the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts without regard to the definitions of those terms contained in paragraphs (3), (4), and (5) of subsection (a) of this section.

"(p) In any case in which all the annuities which are authorized by this section and based upon the service of a given official terminate before the aggregate amount of annuity payments received by the annuitant or annuitants equals the total amount credited to the individual account of such judicial official, established under subsection (e) of this section with interest at 4 percent per annum to December 31, 1947, and at 3 percent per annum thereafter, compounded on December 31, of each year, to the date of that judicial official's death, the difference between such total amount, with such interest, and such aggregate amount shall be paid, upon establishment of a valid claim therefor, in the order of precedence prescribed in subsection (o) of this section.

"(q) Any accrued annuity benefits remaining unpaid upon the termination of an annuity, other than by the death of an annuitant, shall be paid to that annuitant. Any accrued annuity benefits remaining unpaid upon the death of an annuitant shall be paid, upon the establishment of a valid claim therefor, in the following order of precedence:

" First, to the duly appointed executor, executrix, administrator, or administratrix of the estate of such annuitant;

" Second, if there is no such executor, executrix, administrator, or administratrix, payments shall be made, after the expiration of sixty days from the date of death of such annuitant, to such individual or individuals as may appear, in the judgement of the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts, to be legally entitled thereto, and such payment shall be a bar to recovery by any other individual.

"(r) Nothing contained in this section shall be interpreted to prevent a widow or widower eligible for an annuity under this section from simultaneously receiving such an annuity while also receiving any other annuity to which such widow or widower may also be entitled under any other law without regard to this section: Provided, That service used in the computation of the annuity conferred by this section shall not also be credited in computing any such other annuity.".

Sec. 3. That on the date upon which this Act // 28 USC 376 note. // becomes effective there shall be established on the books of the Treasury a fund which shall be known as " The Judicial Survivors' Annuities Fund", and all money credited to the judicial survivors annuity fund established by section 2 of the Act of August 3, 1956 (70 Stat. 1021), // 28 USC 376. // as amended, shall be transferred to the credit of the Judicial Survivors' Annuities fund established by this section.

Sec. 4. That on the date upon which this Act // 2, USC 376 note. // becomes effective the Secretary of the Treasury shall ascertain from the Director of the Administrative Office of the United States Courts the amount of the actuarial deficiency in the fund transferred by section 3 of this Act on the date of that fund's transfer and, at the earliest time therafter at which appropriated funds in that amount shall become available, the Secretary shall deposit such funds, in a single payment, into the Judicial Survivors' Annuities Fund established by section 3 of this Act. Such funds as are necessary to carry out this section are hereby authorized to be appropriated.

Sec. 5. That on the date upon which this Act // 28 USC 376 note. // becomes effective each annuity then being paid to a widow from the judicial survivors annuity fund established by section 2 of the Act of August 3, 1956 (70 STAT. 1021), as amended, shall be increased by an amount equal to one-fifth of 1 percent of the amount of such annity multiplied by the number of months which have passed since the commencement of that annuity. For the purposes of this section, any fractional part of a month which numbers less than fifteen full days or more shall be excluded from the computation of the number of months and any fractional part of a month which numbers fifteen full days or more shall be included in the computation as one full month. Such funds as are necessary to carry out this section are authorized to be appropriated and, upon appropriation, shall be deposited by the Secretary of the Treasury, in a single payment, to credit of the Judicial Survivors' Annuties Fund established by section 3 of this Act.

Sec. 6. That the benefits conferred by this Act // 28 USC 376 note. // shall, on the date upon which this Act becomes effective, immediately become available to any individual then receiving an annuity under section 2 of the Act of August 3, 1956 (70 Stat. 1021), as amended: Provided, That although the rights of any judicial official electing to come within the purview of section 376 of title 28, United States Code, on or after the date upon which this Act becomes, effective, shall be determined exclusively under the provisions of that section as amended by this Act, nothing in this Act shall be interpreted to cancel, abrogate, or diminish any rights to which an individual or his or her curvivors may be entitled by virtue of that individuals having contributed to the judicial survivors annuity fund established by section 2 of the Act of August 3, 1956 (70 Stat. 1021), // 28 USC 376. // as amended, before the date upon which this Act becomes effective.

Sec. 7. // 2, USC 376 note. // That, at any time within one hundred and eighty days after the date upon which this Act becomes effective, any judicial official who has, prior to that date, already participated in the judicial survivors annuity program created by the Act of August 3, 1956 (70 Stat. 1021), as amended, shall be entitled to revoke his or her earlier election to participation in that program and thereby completely withdaraw from participation in the judicial survivors' annuities program created by this Act: Provided, That (a) any such revocation may be effected only by means of a writing filed with the Director of the Administritive Office of the United States Courts, (b) any such writing shall be deemed to have become effective no sooner than the date upon which that writing in received by the Director, (c) upon receipt of such a writing by the Director, any and all rights to survivorship benefits for such judicial official's survivors shall terminate, and all amounts credited to such judicial official's individual account, together with interest at 3 percent per annum, compounded on December 31 of each year to that date of revocation, shall thereafter be returned to that judicial official in a lump-sum refund payment, and (d) any judicial official who effects such a revocation and who subsequently again becomes eligible and elects to join the judicial survivors annuities program created by this Act under the provisions of section 376 of title 28, United States Code, as amended by this Act, shall be permitted to do so only upon the redeposit of the full amount of the refund obtained under this section plus interest at 3 percent per annum, compounded on December 31 of each year from the date of the revocation until the date upon which that amount is redeposited. Any judicial official who fails to effect a revocation in accordance with the right conferred by this section within one hundred and eighty days after the date upon which this Act becomes effective shall be deemed to have irrevocably waived the right to that revocation.

Sec. 8. // 28 USC 376 note. // That this Act shall become effective on the first day of the thrid month following the month in which it is enacted, or on October 1, 1976, whichever occurs last.

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY:

HOUSE REPORT No. 94 - 1604 (Comm. on the Judiciary).

SENATE REPORT No. 94 - 799 (Comm. on the Judiciary).

CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 122 (1976):

June 22, considered and passed Senate.

Sept. 29, considered and passed House, amended.

Oct. 1, Senate concurred in House amendments.

PUBLIC LAW 94-553, 90 STAT. 2541

94th CONGRESS, S. 22 OCTOBER 19, 1976
AN ACT For the general revision of the Copyright Law, title 17 of the United States Code, and for other purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

TITLE I--GENERAL REVISION OF COPYRIGHT LAW

Sec. 101. Title 17 of the United States Code, entitled " Copyrights", is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

TITLE 17--COPYRIGHTS
Chapter Sec. 1. SUBJECT MATTER AND SCOPE OF COPYRIGHT 101 2. COPYRIGHT OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFER 201 3. DURATION OF COPYRIGHT 301 4. COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DEPOSIT, AND REGISTRATION 401 5. COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT AND REMEDIES 501 6. MANUFACTURING REQUIREMENT AND IMPORTATION 601 7. COPYRIGHT OFFICE 701 8. COPYRIGHT ROYALTY TRIBUNALL 801 CHAPTER 1.--SUBJECT MATTER AND SCOPE OF COPYRIGHT Sec. 101. Definitions. 102. Subject matter of copyright: In general. 103. Subject matter of copyright: Compilations and derivative works. 104. Subject matter of copyright: National origin. 105. Subject matter of copyright: United States Government works. 106. Exclusive rights in copyrighted works. 107. Limitations on exclusive rights: Fair use. 108. Limitations on exclusive rights: Reproduction by libraries and archives. 109 Limitations on exclusive rights: Effect of transfer of particular copy or phonorecord. 110. Limitations on exclusive rights: Exemption of certain performances and displays. 111. Limitations on exclusive rights: Secondary transmissions. 112. Limitations on exclusive rights: Ephemeral recordings. 113. Scope of exclusive rights in pictorial, graphic, and sculptural works. 114. Scope of exclusive rights in sound recordings. 115. Scope of exclusive rights in nondramatic musical works: Compulsory license for making and distributing phonorecords. 116. Scope of exclusive rights in nondramatic musical works: Public performances by means of coin-operated phonorecord players. 117. Scope of exclusive rights: Use in conjunction with computers and similar information systems. 118. Scope of exclusive rights: Use of certain works in connection with noncommercial broadcasting.

Sec. 101. Definitions // 17 USC 101. //

As used in this title, the following terms and their variant forms mean the following:

An "anonymous work" is a work on the copies or phonorecords of which no natural person is identified as author.

" Audiovisual works" are works that consist of a weries of related images which are intrinsically intended to be shown by the use of machines or devices such as projectors, viewers, or electronic equipment, together with accompanying sounds, if any, regardless of the nature of the material objects, such as films or tapes, in which the works are embodied.

The "best edition" of a work is the edition, published in the United States at any time before the date of deposit, that the Library of Congress determines to be most suitable for its purposes.

A person's "children" are that person's immediate offspring, whether legitimate or not, and any children legally adopted by that person.

A "collective work" is a work, such as a periodical issue, anthology, or encyclopedia, in which a number of contributions, constituting separate and independent works in themselves, are assembled into a collective whole.

A "compilation" is a work formed by the collection and assembling of preexisting materials or of data that are selected, coordinated, or arranged in such a way that the resulting work as a whole constitutes an original work of authorship. The term "compilation" includes collective works.

" Copies" are material objects, other than phonorecords, in which a work is fixed by any method now known or later developed, and from which the work can be perceived, reproduced, or otherwise communicated, either directly or with the aid of a machine or device. The term "copies" includes the material object, other than a phonorecord, in which the work is first fixed.

" Copyright owner", with respect to any one of the exclusive rights comprised in a copyright, refers to the owner of that particular right.

A work is "created" when it is fixed in a copy or phonorecord for the first time; where a work is prepared over a period of time, the portion of it that has been fixed at any particular time constitutes the work as of that time, and where the work has been prepared in different versions, each version constitutes a separate work.

A "derivative work" is a work based upon one or more preexisting works, such as a translation, musical arrangement, dramatization, fictionalization, motion picture version, sound recording, art reproduction, abridgment, condensation, or any other form in which a work may be recast, transformed, or adapted. A work consisting of editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications which, as a whole, represent an original work of authorship, is a "derivative work".

A "device", "machine", or "process" is one now known or later developed.

To "display" a work means to show a copy of it, either directly or by means of a film, slide, television image, or any other device or process or, in the case of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, to show individual images nonsequentially.

A work is "fixed" in a tangible medium of expression when its embodiment in a copy or phonorecord, by or under the authority of the author, is sufficiently permanent or stable to permit it to be perceived, reproduced, or otherwise communicated for a period of more than transitory duration. A work consisting of sounds, images, or both, that are being transmitted, is "fixed" for purposes of this title if a fixation of the work is being made simultaneously with its transmission.

The terms "including" and "such as" are illustrative and not limitative.

A "joint work" is a work prepared by two or more authors with the intention that their contributions be merged into inseparable or interdependent parts of a unitary whole.

" Literary works" are works, other than audiovisual works, expressed in words, numbers, or other verbal or numerical symbols or indicia, regardless of the nature of the material objects, such as books, periodicals, manuscripts, phonorecords, film, tapes, disks, or cards, in which they are embodied.

" Motion pictures" are audiovisual works consisting of a series of related images which, when shown in succession, impart an impression of motion, together with accompanying sounds, if any.

To "perform" a work means to recite, render, play, dance, or act it, either directly or by means of any device or process or, in the case of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, to show its images in any sequence or to make the sounds accompanying it audible.

" Phonorecords" are material objects in which sounds, other than those accompanying a motion picture or other audiovisual work, are fixed by any method now known or later developed, and from which the sounds can be perceived, reproduced, or otherwise communicated, either directly or with the aid of a machine or device. The term "phonorecords" includes the material object in which the sounds are first fixed.

" Pictoria, graphic, and sculptural works" include two-dimensional and three-dimensional works of fine, graphic, and applied art, photographs, prints and art reproductions, maps, globes, charts, technical drawings, diagrams, and models. Such works shall include works of artistic craftsmanship insofar as their form but not their mechanical or utilitarian aspects are concerned; the design of a useful article, as defined in this section, shall be considered a pictorial, graphic, or sculptural work only if, and only to the extent that, such design incorporates pictorial, graphic, or sculptural features that can be identified separately from, and are capable of existing independently of, the utilitarian aspects of the article.

A "pseudonymous work" is a work on the copies or phonorecords of which the author is identified under a fictitious name.

" Publication" is the distribution of copies or phonorecords of a work to the public by sale or other transfer of ownership, or by rental, lease, or lending. The offering to distribute copies or phonorecords to a group of persons for purposes of further distribution, public performance, or public display, constitutes publication. A public performance or display of a work does not of itself constitute publication.

To perform or display a work "publicly" means--,

(1) to perform or display it at a place open to the public or at any place where a substantial number of persons outside of a normal circle of a family and its social acquaintances is gathered; or

(2) to transmit or otherwise communicate a performance or display of the work to a place specified by clause (1) or to the public, by means of any device or processs, whether the members of the public capable of receiving the performance or display receive it in the same place or in separate places and at the same time or at different times.

" Sound recordings" are works that result from the fixation of a series of musical, spoken, or other sounds, but not including the sounds accompanying a motion picture or other audiovisual work, regardless of the nature of the material objects, such as disks, tapes, or other phonorecords, in which they are embodied.

" State" includes the District of Columbia and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and any territories to which this title is made applicable by an Act of Congress.

A "transfer of copyright ownership" is an assignment, mortgage, exclusive license, or any other conveyance, alienation, or hypothecation of a copyright or of any of the exclusive rights comprised in a copyright, whether or not it is limited in time or place of effect, but not including a nonexclusive license.

A "transmission program" is a body of material that, as an aggregate, has been produced for the sole purpose of transmission to the public in sequence and as a unit.

To "transmit" a performance or display is to communicate it by any device or process whereby images or sounds are received beyond the place from which they are sent.

The " United States", when used in a geographical sense, comprises the several States, the District of Columbia and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the organized territories under the jurisdiction of the United States Government.

A "useful article" is an article having an intrinsic utilitarian function that is not merely to portray the appearance of the article or to convey information. An article that is normally a part of a useful article is considered a "useful article".

The author's "widow" or "widower" is the author's surviving spouse under the law of the author's domicile at the time of his or her death, whether or not the spouse has later remarried.

A "work of the United States Government" is a work prepared by an officer or employee of the United States Government as part of that person's official duties.

A "work made for hire" is--,

(1) a work prepared by an employee within the scope of his or her employment; or

(2) a work specially ordered or commissioned for use as a contribution to a collective work, as a part of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, as a translation, as a supplementary work, as a compilation, as an instructional text, as a test, as answer material for a test, or as an atlas, if the parties expressly agree in a written instrument signed by them that the work shall be considered a work made for hire. For the purpose of the foregoing sentence, a "supplementary work" is a work prepared for publication as a secondary adjunct to a work by another author for the purpose of introducing, concluding, illustrating, explaining, revising, commenting upon, or assisting in the use of the other work, such as forewords, afterwords, pictorial illustrations, maps, charts, tables, editorial notes, musical arrangements, answer material for tests, bibliographies, appendixes, and indexes, and an "instructional text" is a literary, pictorial, or graphic work prepared for publication and with the purpose of use in systematic instructional activities.

Sec. 102. // 17 USC 102. // Subject matter of copyright: In general

(a) Copyright protection subsists, in accordance with this title, in original works of authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression, now known or later developed, from which they can be perceived, reproduced, or otherwise communicated, either directly or with the aid of a machine or device. Works of authorship include the following categories:

(1) literary works;

(2) musical works, including any accompanying words;

(3) dramatic works, including any accompanying music;

(4) pantomimes and choreographic works;

(5) pictorial, graphic, and sculptural works;

(6) motion pictures and other audiovisual works; and

(7) sound recordings.

(b) In no case does copyright protection for an original work of authorship extend to any idea, procedure, process, system, method of operation, concept, principle, or discovery, regardless of the form in which it is described, explained, illustrated, or embodied in such work.

Sec. 103. // 17 USC 103. // Subject matter of copyright: Compilations and derivative works

(a) The subject matter of copyright as specified by section 102 includes compilations and derivative works, but protection for a work employing preexisting material in which copyright subsists does not extend to any part of the work in which such material has been used unlawfully.

(b) The copyright in a compilation or derivative work extends only to the material contributed by the author of such work, as distinguished from the preexisting material employed in the work, and does not imply any exclusive right in the preexisting material. The copyright in such work is independent of, and does not affect or enlarge the scope, duration, ownership, or subsistence of, any copyright protection in the preexisting material.

Sec. 104. // 17 USC 104. // Subject matter of copyright: National origin

(a) Unpublished Works.--The works specified by sections 102 and 103, while unpublished, are subject to protection under this title without regard to the nationality or domicile of the author.

(b) Published Works.--The works specified by sections 102 and 103, when published, are subject to protection under this title if--,

(1) on the date of first publication, one or more of the authors is a national or domiciliary of the United States, or is a national, domiciliary, or sovereign authority of a foreign nation that is a party to a copyright treaty to which the United States is also a party, or is a stateless person, wherever that person may be domiciled; or

(2) the work is first published in the United States or in a foreign nation that, on the date of first publication, is a party to the Universal Copyright Convention; or

(3) the work is first published by the United Nations or any of its specialized agencies, or by the Organization of American States; or

(4) the work comes within the scope of a Presidential proclamation. Whenever the President finds that a particular foreign nation extends, to works by authors who are nationals or domiciliaries of the United States or to works that are first published in the United States, copyright protection on substantially the same basis as that on which the foreign nation extends protection to works of its own nationals and domiciliaries and works first published in that nation, the President may by proclamation extend protection under this title to works of which one or more of the authors is, on the date of first publication, a national, domiciliary, or sovereign authority of that nation, or which was first published in that nation. The President may revise, suspend, or revoke any such proclamation or impose any conditions or limitations on protection under a proclamation.

Sec. 105. // 17 USC 105. // Subject matter of copyright: United States Government works

Copyright protection under this title is not available for any work of the United States Government, but the United States Government is not precluded from receiving and holding copyrights transferred to it by assignment, bequest, or otherwise.

Sec. 106. // 17 USC 106. // Exclusive rights in copyrighted works

Subject to sections 107 through 118, the owner of copyright under this title has the exclusive rights to do and to authorize any of the following:

(1) to reproduce the copyrighted work in copies or phonorecords;

(2) to prepare derivative works based upon the copyrighted work;

(3) to distribute copies or phonorecords of the copyrighted work to the public by sale or other transfer of ownership, or by rental, lease, or lending;

(4) in the case of literary, musical, dramatic, and choreographic works, pantomimes, and motion pictures and other audiovisual works, to perform the copyrighted work publicly; and

(5) in the case of literary, musical, dramatic, and choreographic works, pantomimes, and pictorial, graphic, or sculptural works, including the individual images of a motion picture of other audiovisual work, to display the copyrighted work publicly.

Sec. 107. // 17 USC 107. // Limitations on exclusive rights: Fair use

Notwithstanding the provisions of section 106, the fair use of a copyrighted work, including such use by reproduction in copies or phonorecords or by any other means specified by that section, for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching (including multiple copies for classroom use), scholarship, or research, is not an infringement of copyright. In determining whether the use made of a work in any particular case is a fair use the factors to be considered shall include--,

(1) the purpose and character of the use, including whether such use is of a commercial nature or is for nonprofit educational purposes;

(2) the nature of the copyrighted work;

(3) the amount and substantiality of the portion used in relation to the copyrighted work as a whole; and

(4) the effect of the use upon the potential market for or value of the copyrighted work.

Sec. 108. // 17 USC 108. // Limitations on exclusive rights: Reproduction by libraries and archives

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 106, it is not an infringement of copyright for a library or archives, or any of its employees acting within the scope of their employment, to reproduce no more than one copy or phonorecord of a work, or to distribute such copy or phonorecord, under the conditions specified by this section, if--,

(1) the reproduction or distribution is made without any purpose of direct or indirect commercial advantage; (2) the collections of the library or archives are (i) open to the public, or (ii) available not only to researchers affiliated with the library or archives or with the institution of which it is a part, but also to other persons doing research in a specialized field; and

(3) the reproduction or distribution of the work includes a notice of copyright.

(b) The rights of reproduction and distribution under this section apply to a copy or phonorecord of an unpublished work duplicated in facsimile form solely for purposes of preservation and security or for deposit for research use in another library or archives of the type described by clause (2) of subsection (a), if the copy or phonorecord reproduced is currently in the collections of the library or archives.

(c) The right of reproduction under this section applies to a copy or phonorecord of a published work duplicated in facsimile form solely for the purpose of replacement of a copy or phonorecord that is damaged, deteriorating, lost, or stolen, if the library or archives has, after a reasonable effort, determined that an unused replacement cannot be obtained at a fair price.

(d) The rights of reproduction and distribution under this section apply to a copy, made from the collection of a library or archives where the user makes his or her request or from that of another library or archives, of no more than one article or other contribution to a copyrighted collection or periodical issue, or to a copy or phonorecord of a small part of any other copyrighted work, if--,

(1) the copy or phonorecord becomes the property of the user, and the library or archives has had no notice that the copy or phonorecord would be used for any purpose other than private study, scholarship, or research; and

(2) the library or archives displays prominently, at the place where orders are accepted, and includes on its order form, a warning of copyright in accordance with requirements that the Register of Copyrights shall prescribe by regulation.

(e) The rights of reproduction and distribution under this section apply to the entire work, or to a substantial part of it, made from the collection of a library or archives where the user makes his or her request or from that of another library or archives, if the library or archives has first determined, on the basis of a reasonable investigation, that a copy or phonorecord of the copyrighted work cannot be obtained at a pair price, if--,

(1) the copy or phonorecord becomes the property of the user, and the library or archives has had no notice that the copy or phonorecord would be used for any purpose other than private study, scholarship, or research; and

(2) the library or archives displays prominently, at the place where orders are accepted, and includes on its order form, a warning of copyright in accordance with requirements that the Register of Copyrights shall prescribe by regulation.

(f) Nothing in this section--,

(1) shall be construed to impose liability for copyright infringement upon a library or archives or its employees for the unsupervised use of reproducing equipment located on its premises: Provided, That such equipment displays a notice that the making of a copy may be subject to the copyright law;

(2) excuses a person who uses such reproducing equipment or who requests a copy or phonorecord under subsection (d) from liability for copyright infringement for any such act, or for any later use of such copy or phonorecord, if it exceeds fair use as provided by section 107; (3) shall be construed to limit the reproduction and distribution by lending of a limited number of copies and excerpts by a library or archives of an audiovisual news program, subject to clauses (1), (2), and (3) of subsection (a); or

(4) in any way affects the right of fair use as provided by section 107, or any contractual obligations assumed at any time by the library or archives when it obtained a copy or phonorecord of a work in its collections.

(g) The rights of reproduction and distribution under this section extend to the isolated and unrelated reproduction or distribution of a single copy or phonorecord of the same material on separate occasions, but do not extend to cases where the library or archives, or its employee--,

(1) is aware or has substantial reason to believe that it is engaging in the related or concerted reproduction or distribution of multiple copies or phonorecords of the same material, whether made on one occasion or over a period of time, and whether intended for aggregate use by one or more individuals or for separate use by the individual members of a group; or

(2) engages in the systematic reproduction or distribution of single or multiple copies or phonorecords of material described in subsection (d): Provided, That nothing in this clause prevents a library or archives from participating in interlibrary arrangements that do not have, as their purpose or effect, that the library or archives receiving such copies or phonorecords for distribution does so in such aggregate quantities as to substitute for a subscription to or purchase of such work.

(h) The rights of reproduction and distribution under this section do not apply to a musical work, a pictorial, graphic or sculptural work, or a motion picture or other audiovisual work other than an audiovisual work dealing with news, except that no such limitation shall apply with respect to rights granted by subsections (b) and (c), or with respect to pictorial or graphic works published as illustrations, diagrams, or similar adjuncts to works of which copies are reproduced or distributed in accordance with subsections (d) and (e).

(i) Five years from the effective date of this Act, and at five-year intervals thereafter, the Register of Copyrights, after consulting with representatives of authors, book and periodical publishers, and other owners of copyrighted materials, and with representatives of library users and librarians, shall submit to the Congress a report setting forth the extent to which this section has achieved the intended statutory balancing of the rights of creators, and the needs of users. The report should also describe any problems that may have arisen, and present legislative or other recommendations, if warranted.

Sec. 109. // 17 USC 109. // Limitations on exclusive rights: Effect of transfer of particular copy or phonorecord

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 106(3), the owner of a particular copy or phonorecord lawfully made under this title, or any person authorized by such owner, is entitled, without the authority of the copyright owner, to sell or otherwise dispose of the possession of that copy or phonorecord.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 106(5), the owner of a particular copy lawfully made under this title, or any person authorized by such owner, is entitled, without the authority of the copyright owner, to display that copy publicly, either directly or by the projection of no more than one image at a time, to viewers present at the place where the copy is located.

(c) The privileges prescribed by subsections (a) and (b) do not, unless authorized by the copyright owner, extend to any person who has acquired possession of the copy or phonorecord from the copyright owner, by rental, lease, loan, or otherwise, without acquiring ownership of it.

Sec. 110. // 17 USC 110. // Limitations on exclusive rights: Exemption of certain performances and displays

Notwithstanding the provisions of section 106, the following are not infringements of copyright:

(1) performance or display of a work by instructors or pupils in the course of face-to-face teaching activities of a nonprofit educational institution, in a classroom or similar place devoted to instruction, unless, in the case of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, the performance, or the display of individual images, is given by means of a copy that was not lawfully made under this title, and that the person responsible for the performance knew or had reason to believe was not lawfully made;

(2) performance of a nondramatic literary or musical work or display of a work, by or in the course of a transmission, if--,

(A) the performance or display is a regular part of the systematic instructional activities of a governmental body or a nonprofit educational institution; and

(B) the performance or display is directly related and of material assistance to the teaching content of the transmission; and

(C) the transmission is made primarily for--,

(i) reception in classrooms or similar places normally devoted to instruction, or (ii) reception by persons to whom the transmission is directed because their disabilities or other special circumstances prevent their attendance in classrooms or similar places normally devoted to instruction, or (iii) reception by officers or employees of governmental bodies as a part of their official duties or employment;

(3) performance of a nondramatic literary or musical work or of a dramatico-musical work of a religious nature, or display of a work, in the course of services at a place of worship or other religious assembly;

(4) performance of a nondramatic literary or musical work otherwise than in a transmission to the public, without any purpose of direct or indirect commercial advantage and without payment of any fee or other compensation for the performance to any of its performers, promoters, or organizers, if--,

(A) there is no direct or indirect admission charge; or

(B) the proceeds, after deducting the reasonable costs of producing the performance, are used exclusively for educational, religious, or charitable purposes and not for private financial gain, except where the copyright owner has served notice of objection to the performance under the following conditions;

(i) the notice shall be in writing and signed by the copyright owner or such owner's duly authorized agent; and (ii) the notice shall be served on the person responsible for the performance at least seven days before the date of the performance, and shall state the reasons for the objection; and (iii) the notice shall comply, in form, content, and manner of service, with requirements that the Register of Copyrights shall prescribe by regulation;

(5) communication of a transmission embodying a performance or display of a work by the public reception of the transmission on a single receiving apparatus of a kind commonly used in private homes, unless--,

(A) a direct charge is made to see or hear the transmission; or

(B) the transmission thus received is further transmitted to the public;

(6) performance of a nondramatic musical work by a governmental body or a nonprofit agricultural or horticultural organization, in the course of an annual agricultural or horticultural fair or exhibition conducted by such body or organization; the exemption provided by this clause shall extend to any liability for copyright infringement that would otherwise be imposed on such body or organization, under doctrines of vicarious liability or related infringement, for a performance by a concessionnaire, business establishment, or other person at such fair or exhibition, but shall not excuse any such person from liability for the performance;

(7) performance of a nondramatic musical work by a vending establishment open to the public at large without any direct or indirect admission charge, where the sole purpose of the performance is to promote the retail sale of copies or phonorecords of the work, and the performance is not transmitted beyond the place where the establishment is located and is within the immediate area where the sale is occurring;

(8) performance of a nondramatic literary work, by or in the course of a transmission specifically designed for and primarily directed to blind or other handicapped persons who are unable to read normal printed material as a result of their handicap, or deaf or other handicapped persons who are unable to hear the aural signals accompanying a transmission of visual signals, if the performance is made without any purpose of direct or indirect commercial advantage and its transmission is made through the facilities of: (i) a governmental body; or (ii) a noncommercial educational broadcast station (as defined in section 397 of title 47); or (iii) a radio subcarrier authorization (as defined in 47 CFR 73.293 - 73.295 and 73.593 - 73.595); or (iv) a cable system (as defined in section 111(f)).

(9) performance on a single occasion of a dramatic literary work published at least ten years before the date of the performance, by or in the course of a transmission specifically designed for and primarily directed to blind or other handicapped persons who are unable to read normal printed material as a result of their handicap, if the performance is made without any purpose of direct or indirect commercial advantage and its transmission is made through the facilities of a radio subcarrier authorization referred to in clause (8) (iii), Provided, That the provisions of this clause shall not be applicable to more than one performance of the same work by the same performers or under the auspices of the same organization.

Sec. 111. // 17 USC 111. // Limitations on exclusive rights: Secondary transmissions

(a) CERTAIN SECONDARY TRANSMISSIONS EXEMPTED.-- The secondary transmission of a primary transmission embodying a performance or display of a work is not an infringement of copyright if--,

(1) the secondary transmission is not made by a cable system, and consists entirely of the relaying, by the management of a hotel, apartment house, or similar establishment, of signals transmitted by a broadcast station licensed by the Federal Communications Commission, within the local service area of such station, to the private lodgings of guests or residents of such establishment, and no direct charge is made to see or hear the secondary transmission; or

(2) the secondary transmission is made solely for the purpose and under the conditions specified by clause (2) of section 110; or

(3) the secondary transmission is made by any carrier who has no direct or indirect control over the content or selection of the primary transmission or over the particular recipients of the secondary transmission, and whose activities with respect to the secondary transmission consist solely of providing wires, cables, or other communications channels for the use of others: Provided, That the provisions of this clause extend only to the activities of said carrier with respect to secondary transmissions and do not exempt from liability the activities of others with respect to their own primary or secondary transmissions; or

(4) the secondary transmission is not made by a cable system but is made by a governmental body, or other nonprofit organization, without any purpose of direct or indirect commercial advantage, and without charge to the recipients of the secondary transmission other than assessments necessary to defray the actual and reasonable costs of maintaining and operating the secondary transmission service.

(b) SECONDARY TRANSMISSION OF PRIMARY TRANSMISSION TO CONTROLLED GROUP.-- Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (c), the secondary transmission to the public of a primary transmission embodying a performance or display of a work is actionable as an act of infringement under section 501, and is fully subject to the remedies provided by sections 502 through 506 and 509, if the primary transmission is not made for reception by the public at large but is controlled and limited to reception by particular members of the public: Provided, however, That such secondary transmission is not actionable as an act of infringement if--,

(1) the primary transmission is made by a broadcast station licensed by the Federal Communications Commission; and

(2) the carriage of the signals comprising the secondary transmission is required under the rules, regulations, or authorizations of the Federal Communications Commission; and

(3) the signal of the primary transmitter is not altered or changed in any way by the secondary transmitter.

(c) SECONDARY TRANSMISSIONS BY CABLE SYSTEMS.--,

(1) Subject to the provisions of clauses (2), (3), and (4) of this subsection, secondary transmissions to the public by a cable system of a primary transmission made by a broadcast station licensed by the Federal Communications Commission or by an appropriate governmental authority of Canada or Mexico and embodying a performance or display of a work shall be subject to compulsory licensing upon compliance with the requirements of subsection (d) where the carriage of the signals comprising the secondary transmission is permissible under the rules, regulations, or authorizations of the Federal Communications Commission.

(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (1) of this subsection, the willful or repeated secondary transmission to the public by a cable system of a primary transmission made by a broadcast station licensed by the Federal Communications Commission or by an appropriate governmental authority of Canada or Mexico and embodying a performance or display of a work is actionable as an act of infringement under section 501, and is fully subject to the remedies provided by sections 502 through 506 and 509, in the following cases:

a) where the carriage of the signals comprising the secondary transmission is not permissible under the rules, regulations, or authorizations of the Federal Communications Commission; or (B) where the cable system has not recorded the notice specified by subsection (d) and deposited the statement of account and royalty fee required by subsection (d).

(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (1) of this subsection and subject to the provisions of subsection (e) of this section, the secondary transmission to the public by a cable system of a primary transmission made by a broadcast station licensed by the Federal Communications Commission or by an appropriate governmental authority of Canada or Mexico and embodying a performance or display of a work is actionable as an act of infringement under section 501, and is fully subject to the remedies provided by sections 502 through 506 and sections 509 and 510, if the content of the particular program in which the performance or display is embodied, or any commercial advertising or station announcements transmitted by the primary transmitter during, or immediately before or after, the transmission of such program, is in any way willfully altered by the cable system through changes, deletions, or additions, except for the alteration, deletion, or substitution of commercial advertisements performed by those engaged in television commercial advertising market research: Provided, That the research company has obtained the prior consent of the advertiser who has purchased the original commercial advertisement, the television station broadcasting that commercial advertisement, and the cable system performing the secondary transmission: And provided further, That such commercial alteration, deletion, or substitution is not performed for the purpose of deriving income from the sale of that commercial time.

(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (1) of this subsection, the secondary transmission to the public by a cable system of a primary transmission made by a broadcast station licensed by an appropriate governmental authority of Canada or Mexico and embodying a performance or display of a work is actionable as an act of infringement under section 501, and is fully subject to the remedies provided by sections 502 through 506 and section 509, if (A) with respect to Canadian signals, the community of the cable system is located more than 150 miles from the United States-Canadian border and is also located south of the forty-second parallel of latitude, or (B) with respect to Mexican signals, the secondary transmission is made by a cable system which received the primary transmission by means other than direct interception of a free space radio wave emitted by such broadcast television station, unless prior to April 15, 1976, such cable system was actually carrying, or was specifically authorized to carry, the signal of such foreign station on the system pursuant to the rules, regulations, or authorizations of the Federal Communications Commission.

(d) COMPULSORY LICENSE FOR SECONDARY TRANSMISSIONS BY CABLE SYSTEMS.--,

(1) For any secondary transmission to be subject to compulsory licensing under subsection (c), the cable system shall, at least one month before the date of the commencement of operations of the cable system or within one hundred and eighty days after the enactment of this Act, whichever is later, and thereafter within thirty days after each occasion on which the ownership or control or the signal carriage complement of the cable system changes, record in the Copyright Office a notice including a statement of the identity and address of the person who owns or operates the secondary transmission service or has power to exercise primary control over it, together with the name and location of the primary transmitter or primary transmitters whose signals are regularly carried by the cable system, and thereafter, from time to time, such further information as the Register of Copyrights, after consultation with the Copyright Royalty Tribunal (if and when the Tribunal has been constituted), shall prescribe by regulation to carry out the purpose of this clause.

(2) A cable system whose secondary transmissions have been subject to compulsory licensing under subsection (c) shall, on a semiannual basis, deposit with the Register of Copyrights, in accordance with requirements that the Register shall, after consultation with the Copyright Royalty Tribunal (if and when the Tribunal has been constituted), prescribe by regulation--,

(A) a statement of account, covering the six months next preceding, specifying the number of channels on which the cable system made secondary transmissions to its subscribers, the names and locations of all primary transmitters whose transmissions were further transmitted by the cable system, the total number of subscribers, the gross amounts paid to the cable system for the basic service of providing secondary transmissions of primary broadcast transmitters, and such other data as the Register of Copyrights may, after consultation with the Copyright Royalty Tribunal (if and when the Tribunal has been constituted), from time to time prescribe by regulation. Such statement shall also include a special statement of account covering any nonnetwork television programming that was carried by the cable system in whole or in part beyond the local service area of the primary transmitter, under rules, regulations, or authorizations of the Federal Communications Commission permitting the substitution or addition of signals under certain circumstances, together with logs showing the times, dates, stations, and programs involved in such substituted or added carriage; and

(B) except in the case of a cable system whose royalty is specified in subclause (C) or (D), a total royalty fee for the period covered by the statement, computed on the basis of specified percentages of the gross receipts from subscribers

to the cable service during said period for the basic service

of providing secondary transmissions of primary broadcast transmitters, as follows:

(i) 0.675 of 1 per centum of such gross receipts for the privilege of further transmitting any nonnetwork programing of a primary transmitter in whole or in part beyond the local service area of such primary transmitter, such amount to be applied against the fee, if any, payable pursuant to paragraphs (ii) through (iv); (ii) 0.675 of 1 per centum of such gross receipts for the first distant signal equivalent; (iii) 0.425 of 1 per centum of such gross receipts for each of the second, third, and fourth distant signal equivalents; (iv) 0.2 of 1 per centum of such gross receipts for the fifth distant signal equivalent and each additional distant signal equivalent thereafter; and

in computing the amounts payable under paragraph (ii) through (iv), above, any fraction of a distant signal equivalent shall be computed at its fractional value and, in the case of any cable system located partly within and partly without the local service area of a primary transmitter, gross receipts shall be limited to those gross receipts derived from subscribers located without the local service area of such primary transmitter; and

(C) if the actual gross receipts paid by subscribers to a cable system for the period covered by the statement for the basic service of providing secondary transmissions of primary broadcast transmitters total $80,000 or less, gross receipts of the cable system for the purpose of this subclause shall be computed by subtracting from such actual gross receipts the amount by which $80,000 exceeds such actual gross receipts, except that in no case shall a cable system's gross receipts be reduced to less than $3,000. The royalty fee payable under this subclause shall be 0.5 of 1 per centum, regardless of the number of distant signal equivalents, if any; and

(D) if the actual gross receipts paid by subscribers to a cable system for the period covered by the statement, for the basic service of providing secondary transmissions of primary broadcast transmitters, are more than $80,000 but less than $160,000, the royalty fee payable under this subclause shall be (i) 0.5 of 1 per centum of any gross receipts up to $80,000; and (ii) 1 per centum of any gross receipts in excess of $80,000 but less than $160,000, regardless of the number of distant signal equivalents, if any.

(3) The Register of Copyrights shall receive all fees deposited under this section and, after deducting the reasonable costs incurred by the Copyright Office under this section, shall deposit the balance in the Treasury of the United States, in such manner as the Secretary of the Treasury directs. All funds held by the Secretary of the Treasury shall be invested in interest-bearing United States securities for later distribution with interest by the Copyright Royalty Tribunal as provided by this title. The Register shall submit to the Copyright Royalty Tribunal, on a semiannual basis, a compilation of all statements of account covering the relevant six-month period provided by clause (2) of this subsection.

(4) The royalty fees thus deposited shall, in accordance with the procedures provided by clause (5), be distributed to those among the following copyright owners who claim that their works were the subject of secondary transmissions by cable systems during the relevant semiannual period:

(A) any such owner whose work was included in a secondary transmission made by a cable system of a nonnetwork television program in whole or in part beyond the local service area of the primary transmitter; and

(B) any such owner whose work was included in a secondary transmission identified in a special statement of account deposited under clause (2) (A); and

(C) any such owner whose work was included in nonnetwork programing consisting exclusively of aural signals carried by a cable system in whole or in part beyond the local service area of the primary transmitter of such programs.

(5) The royalty fees thus deposited shall be distributed in accordance with the following procedures:

(A) During the month of July in each year, every person claiming to be entitled to compulsory license fees for secondary transmissions shall file a claim with the Copyright Royalty Tribunal, in accordance with requirements that the Tribunal shall prescribe by regulation. Notwithstanding any provisions of the antitrust laws, for purposes of this clause any claimants may agree among themselves as to the proportionate division of compulsory licensing fees among them, may lump their claims together and file them jointly or as a single claim, or may designate a common agent to receive payment on their behalf.

(B) After the first day of August of each year, the Copyright Royalty Tribunal shall determine whether there exists a controversy concerning the distribution of royalty fees. If the Tribunal determines that no such controversy exists, it shall, after deducting its reasonable administrative costs under this section, distribute such fees to the copyright owners entitled, or to their designated agents. If the Tribunal finds the existence of a controversy, it shall, pursuant to chapter 8 of this title, conduct a proceeding to determine the distribution of royalty fees.

(C) During the pendency of any proceeding under this subsection, the Copyright Royalty Tribunal shall withhold from distribution an amount sufficient to satisfy all claims with respect to which a controversy exists, but shall have discretion to proceed to distribute any amounts that are not in controversy.

(e) NONSIMULTANEOUS SECONDARY TRANSMISSIONS BY CABLE SYSTEMS.--,

(1) Notwithstanding those provisions of the second paragraph of subsection (f) relating to nonsimultaneous secondary transmissions by a cable system, any such transmissions are actionable as an act of infringement under section 501, and are fully subject to the remedies provided by sections 502 through 506 and sections 509 and 510, unless--,

(A) the program on the videotape is transmitted no more than one time to the cable system's subscribers; and

(B) the copyrighted program, episode, or motion picture videotape, including the commercials contained within such program, episode, or picture, is transmitted without deletion or editing; and

(C) an owner or officer of the cable system (i) prevents the duplication of the videotape while in the possession of the system, (ii) prevents unauthorized duplication while in the possession of the facility making the videotape for the system if the system owns or controls the facility, or takes reasonable precautions to prevent such duplication if it does not own or control the facility, (iii) takes adequate precautions to prevent duplication while the tape is being transported, and (iv) subject to clause (2), erases or destroys, or causes the erasure or destruction of, the videotape; and

(D) within forty-five days after the end of each calendar quarter, an owner or officer of the cable system executes an affidavit attesting (i) to the steps and precautions taken to prevent duplication of the videotape, and (ii) subject to clause (2), to the erasure or destruction of all videotapes made or used during such quarter; and

(E) such owner or officer places or causes each such affidavit, and affidavits received pursuant to clause (2) (C), to be placed in a file, open to public inspection, at such system's main office in the community where the transmission is made or in the nearest community where such system maintains an office; and

(F) the nonsimultaneous transmission is one that the cable system would be authorized to transmit under the rules, regulations, and authorizations of the Federal Communications Commission in effect at the time of the nonsimultaneous transmission if the transmission had been made simultaneously, except that this subclause shall not apply to inadvertent or accidental transmissions.

(2) If a cable system transfers to any person a videotape of a program nonsimultaneously transmitted by it, such transfer is actionable as an act of infringement under section 501, and is fully subject to the remedies provided by sections 502 through 506 and 509, except that, pursuant to a written, nonprofit contract providing for the equitable sharing of the costs of such videotape and its transfer, a videotape nonsimultaneously transmitted by it, in accordance with clause (1), may be transferred by one cable system in Alaska to another system in Alaska, by one cable system in Hawaii permitted to make such nonsimultaneous transmissions to another such cable system in Hawaii, or by one cable system in Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, or the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, to another cable system in any of those three territories, if--,

(A) each such contract is available for public inspection in the offices of the cable systems involved, and a copy of such contract is filed, within thirty days after such contract is entered into, with the Copyright Office (which Office shall make each such contract available for public inspection); and

(B) the cable system to which the videotape is transferred complies with clause (1) (A), (B), (C) (i), (iii), and (iv), and (D) through (F); and

(C) such system provides a copy of the affidavit required to be made in accordance with clause (1) (D) to each cable system making a previous nonsimultaneous transmission of the same videotape.

(3) This subsection shall not be construed to supersede the exclusivity protection provisions of any existing agreement, or any such agreement hereafter entered into, between a cable system and a television broadcast station in the area in which the cable system is located, or a network with which such station is affiliated.

(4) As used in this subsection, the term "videotape", and each of its variant forms, means the reproduction of the images and sounds of a program or programs broadcast by a television broadcast station licensed by the Federal Communications Commission, regardless of the nature of the material objects, such as tapes or films, in which the reproduction is embodied.

(f) Definitions.--As used in this section, the following terms and their variant forms mean the following:

A "primary transmission" is a transmission made to the public by the transmitting facility whose signals are being received and further transmitted by the secondary transmission service, regardless of where or when the performance or display was first transmitted.

A "secondary transmission" is the further transmitting of a primary transmission simultaneously with the primary transmission, or nonsimultaneously with the primary transmission if by a "cable system" not located in whole or in part within the boundary of the forty-eight contiguous States, Hawaii, or Puerto Rico: Provided, however, That a nonsimultaneous further transmission by a cable system located in Hawaii of a primary transmission shall be deemed to be a secondary transmission if the carriage of the television broadcast signal comprising such further transmission is permissible under the rules, regulations, or authorizations of the Federal Communications Commission.

A "cable system" is a facility, located in any State, Territory, Trust Territory, or Possession, that in whole or in part receives signals transmitted or programs broadcast by one or more television broadcast stations licensed by the Federal Communications Commission, and makes secondary transmissions of such signals or programs by wires, cables, or other communications channels to subscribing members of the public who pay for such service. For purposes of determining the royalty fee under subsection (d) (2), two or more cable systems in contiguous communities under common ownership or control or operating from one headend shall be considered as one system.

The "local service area of a primary transmitter", in the case of a television broadcast station, comprises the area in which such station is entitled to insist upon its signal being retransmitted by a cable system pursuant to the rules, regulations, and authorizations of the Federal Communications Commission in effect on April 15, 1976, or in the case of a television broadcast station licensed by an appropriate governmental authority of Canada or Mexico, the area in which it would be entitled to insist upon its signal being retransmitted if it were a television broadcast station subject to such rules, regulations, and authorizations. The "local service area of a primary transmitter", in the case of a radio broadcast station, comprises the primary service area of such station, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission.

A "distant signal equivalent" is the value assigned to the secondary transmission of any nonnetwork television programing carried by a cable system in whole or in part beyond the local service area of the primary transmitter of such programing. It is computed by assigning a value of one to each independent station and a value of one-quarter to each network station and noncommercial educational station for the nonnetwork programing so carried pursuant to the rules, regulations, and authorizations of the Federal Communications Commission. The foregoing values for independent, network, and noncommercial educational stations are subject, however, to the following exceptions and limitations. Where the rules and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission require a cable system to omit the further transmission of a particular program and such rules and regulations also permit the substitution of another program embodying a performance or display of a work in place of the omitted transmission, or where such rules and regulations in effect on the date of enactment of this Act permit a cable system, at its election, to effect such deletion and substitution of a nonlive program or to carry additional programs not transmitted by primary transmitters within whose local service area the cable system is located, no value shall be assigned for the substituted or additional program; where the rules, regulations, or authorizations of the Federal Communications Commission in effect on the date of enactment of this Act permit a cable system, at its election, to omit the further transmission of a particular program and such rules, regulations, or authorizations also permit the substitution of another program embodying a performance or display of a work in place of the omitted transmission, the value assigned for the substituted or additional program shall be, in the case of a live program, the value of one full distant signal equivalent multiplied by a fraction that has as its numerator the number of days in the year in which such substitution occurs and as its denominator the number of days in the year. In the case of a station carried pursuant to the late-night or specialty programing rules of the Federal Communications Commission, or a station carried on a part-time basis where full-time carriage is not possible because the cable system lacks the activated channel capacity to retransmit on a full-time basis all signals which it is authorized to carry, the values for independent, network, and noncommercial educational stations set forth above, as the case may be, shall be multiplied by a fraction which is equal to the ratio of the broadcast hours of such station carried by the cable system to the total broadcast hours of the station.

A "network station" is a television broadcast station that is owned or operated by, or affiliated with, one or more of the television networks in the United States providing nationwide transmissions, and that transmits a substantial part of the programing supplied by such networks for a substantial part of that station's typical broadcast day.

An "independent station" is a commercial television broadcast station other than a network station.

A "noncommercial educational station" is a television station that is a noncommercial educational broadcast station as defined in section 397 of title 47. // 47 USC 397. //

Sec. 112. // 17 USC 112. // Limitations on exclusive rights: Ephermeral recordings

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 106, and except in the case of a motion picture or other audiovisual work, it is not an infringement of copyright for a transmitting organization entitled to transmit to the public a performance or display of a work, under a license or transfer of the copyright or under the limitations on exclusive rights in sound recordings specified by section 114 (a), to make no more than one copy or phonorecord of a particular transmission program embodying the performance or display, if--,

(1) the copy or phonorecord is retained and used solely by the transmitting organization that made it, and no further copies or phonorecords are reproduced from it; and

(2) the copy or phonorecord is used solely for the transmitting organization's own transmissions within its local service area, or for purposes of archival preservation or security; and

(3) unless preserved exclusively for archival purposes, the copy or phonorecord is destroyed within six months from the date the transmission program was first transmitted to the public.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 106, it is not an infringement of copyright for a governmental body or other nonprofit organization entitled to transmit a performance or display of a work, under section 110 (2) or under the limitations on exclusive rights in sound recordings specified by section 114 (a), to make no more than thirty copies or phonorecords of a particular transmission program embodying the performance or display, if--,

(1) no further copies or phonorecords are reproduced from the copies or phonorecords made under this clause; and

(2) except for one copy or phonorecord that may be preserved exclusively for archival purposes, the copies or phonorecords are destroyed within seven years from the date the transmission program was first transmitted to the public.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 106, it is not an infringment of copyright for a governmental body or other nonprofit organization to make for distribution no more than one copy or phonorecord, for each transmitting organization specified in clause (2) of this subsection, of a particular transmission program embodying a performance of a nondramatic musical work of a religious nature, or of a sound recording of such a musical work, if--,

(1) there is no direct or indirect charge for making or distributing any such copies or phonorecords; and

(2) none of such copies or phonorecords is used for any performance other than a single transmission to the public by a transmitting organization entitled to transmit to the public a performance of the work under a license or transfer of the copyright: and

(3) except for one copy or phonorecord that may be preserved exclusively for archival purposes, the copies or phonorecords are all destroyed within one year from the date the transmission program was first transmitted to the public

(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 106, it is not an infringement of copyright for a governmental body or other nonprofit organization entitled to transmit a performance of a work under section 110 (8) to make no more than ten copies or phonorecords embodying the performance, or to permit the use of any such copy or phonorecord by any governmental body or nonprofit organization entitled to transmit a performance of a work under section 110 (8), if--,

(1) any such copy or phonorecord is retained and used solely by the organization that made it, or by a governmental body or nonprofit organization entitled to transmit a performance of a work under section 110 (8), and no further copies or phonorecords are reproduced from it; and

(2) any such copy or phonorecord is used solely for transmissions authorized under section 110(8), or for purposes of archival preservation or security; and

(3) the governmental body or nonprofit organization permitting any use of any such copy or phonorecord by any governmental body or nonprofit organization under this subsection does not make any charge for such use.

(e) The transmission program embodied in a copy or phonorecord made under this section is not subject to protection as a derivative work under this except with the express consent of the owners of copyright in the preexisting works employed in the program.

Sec. 113. // 17 USC 113. // Scope of exclusive rights in pictorial, graphic, and sculptural works

(a) Subject to the provisions of subsections (b) and (c) of this section, the exclusive right to reproduce a copyrighted pictorial, graphic, or sculptural work in copies under section 106 includes the right to reproduce the work in or on any kind of article, whether useful or otherwise.

(b) This title does not afford, to the owner of copyright in a work that portrays a useful article as such, any greater or lesser rights with respect to the making, distribution, or display of the useful article so portrayed than those afforded to such works under the law, whether title 17 // 17 USC 1 et seq. // or the common law or statutes of a State, in effect on December 31, 1977, as held applicable and construed by a court in an action brought under this title.

(c) In the case of a work lawfully reproduced in useful articles that have been offered for sale or other distribution to the public, copyright does not include any right to prevent the making, distribution, or display of pictures or photographs of such articles in connection with advertisements or commentaries related to the distribution or display of such articles, or in connection with news reports.

Sec. 114. // 17 USC 114. // Scope of exclusive rights in sound recordings

(a) The exclusive rights of the owner of copyright in a sound recording are limited to the rights specified by clauses (1), (2), and (3) of section 106, and do not include any right of performance under section 106 (4).

(b) The exclusive right of the owner of copyright in a sound recording under clause (1) of section 106 is limited to the right to duplicate the sound recording in the form of phonorecords, or of copies of motion pictures and other audiovisual works, that directly or indirectly recapture the actual sounds fixed in the recording. The exclusive right of the owner of copyright in a sound recording under clause (2) of section 106 is limited to the right to prepare a derivative work in which the actual sounds fixed in the sound recording are rearranged, remixed, or otherwise altered in sequence or quality. The exclusive rights of the owner of copyright in a sound recording under clauses (1) and (2) of section 106 do not extend to the making or duplication of another sound recording that consists entirely of an independent fixation of other sounds, even though such sounds imitate or simulate those in the copyrighted sound recording. The exclusive rights of the owner of copyright in a sound recording under clauses (1), (2), and (3) of section 106 do not apply to sound recordings included in educational television and radio programs (as defined in section 397 of title 47) // 47 USC 397. // distributed or transmitted by or through public broadcasting entities (as defined by section 118 (g)): Provided, That copies or phonorecords of said programs are not commercially distributed by or through public broadcasting entities to the general public.

(c) This section does not limit or impair the exclusive right to perform publicly, by means of a phonorecord, any of the works specified by section 106 (4).

(d) On January 3, 1978, the Register of Copyrights, after consulting with representatives of owners of copyrighted materials, representatives of the broadcasting, recording, motion picture, entertainment industries, and arts organizations, representatives of organized labor and performers of copyrighted materials, shall submit to the Congress a report setting forth recommendations as to whether this section should be amended to provide for performers and copyright owners of copyrighted material any performance rights in such material. The report should describe the status of such rights in foreign countries, the views of major interested parties, and specific legislative or other recommendations, if any.

Sec. 115. // 17 USC 115. // Scope of exclusive rights in nondramatic musical works: Compulsory license for making and distributing phonorecords

In the case of nondramatic musical works, the exclusive rights provided by clauses (1) and (3) of section 106, to make and to distribute phonorecords of such works, are subject to compulsory licensing under the conditions specified by this section.

(a) Availability and Scope of Compulsory License.--,

(1) When phonorecords of a nondramatic musical work have been distributed to the public in the United States under the authority of the copyright owner, any other person may, by complying with the provisions of this section, obtain a compulsory license to make and distribute phonorecords of the work. A person may obtain a compulsory license only if his or her primary purpose in making phonorecords is to distribute them to the public for private use. A person may not obtain a compulsory license for use of the work in the making of phonorecords duplicating a sound recording fixed by another, unless: (i) such sound recording was fixed lawfully; and (ii) the making of the phonorecords was authorized by the owner of copyright in the sound recording or, if the sound recording was fixed before February 15, 1972, by any person who fixed the sound recording pursuant to an express license from the owner of the copyright in the musical work or pursuant to a valid compulsory license for use of such work in a sound recording.

(2) A compulsory license includes the privilege of making a musical arrangement of the work to the extent necessary to conform it to the style or manner of interpretation of the performance involved, but the arrangement shall not change the basic melody or fundamental character of the work, and shall not be subject to protection as a derivative work under this title, except with the express consent of the copyright owner.

(b) Notice of Intention To Obtain Compulsory License.--,

(1) Any person who wishes to obtain a compulsory license under this section shall, before or within thirty days after making, and before distributing any phonorecords of the work, serve notice of intention to do so on the copyright owner. If the registration or other public records of the Copyright Office do not identify the copyright owner and include an address at which notice can be served, it shall be sufficient to file the notice of intention in the Copyright Office. The notice shall comply, in form, content, and manner of service, with requirements that the Register of Copyrights shall prescribe by regulation.

(2) Failure to serve or file the notice required by clause (1) forecloses the possibility of a compulsory license and, in the absence of a negotiated license, renders the making and distribution of phonorecords actionalbe as acats of infringement under section 501 and fully subject to the remedies provided by sections 502 through 506 and 509.

(c) Royalty Payable Under Compulsory License.--,

(1) To be entitled to receive royalties under a compulsory license, the copyright owner must be identified in the registration or other public records of the Copyright Office. The owner is entitled to royalties for phonorecords made and distributed after being so identified, but is not entitled to recover for any phonorecords previously made and distributed.

(2) Except as provided by clause (1), the royalty under a compulsory license shall be payable for every phonorecord made and distributed in accordance with the license. For this purpose, a phonorecord is considered "distributed" if the person exercising the compulsory license has voluntarily and permanently parted with its possession. With respect to each work embodied in the phonorecord, the royalty shall be either two and three-fourths cents, or one-half of one cent per minute of playing time or fraction thereof, whichever amount is larger.

(3) Royalty payments shall be made on or before the twentieth day of each month and shall include all royalties for the month next preceding. Each monthly payment shall be made under oath and shall comply with requirements that the Register of Copyrights shall prescribe by regulation. The Register shall also prescribe regulations under which detailed cumulative annual statements of account, certified by a certified public accountant, shall be filed for every compulsory license under this section. The regulations covering both the monthly and the annual statements of account shall prescribe the form, content, and manner of certification with respect to the number of records made and the number of records distributed.

(4) If the copyright owner does not receive the monthly payment and the monthly and annual statements of account when due, the owner may give written notice to the licensee that, unless the default is remedied within thirty days from the date of the notice, the compulsory license will be automatically terminated. Such termination renders either the making or the distribution, or both, of all phonorecords for which the royalty has not been paid, actionalbe as acts of infringement under section 504 and fully subject to the remedies provided by sections 502 through 506 and 509.

Sec. 116. // 17 USC 116. // Scope of exclusive rights in nondramatic musical works: Public performances by means of coin-operated phonorecord players

(a) Limitation on Exclusive Right.--In the case of a nondramatic musical work embodied in a phonorecord, the exclusive right under clause (4) of section 106 to perform the work publicly by means of a coin-operated phonorecord player is limited as follows:

(1) The proprietor of the establishment in which the public performance takes place is not liable for infringement with respect to such public performance unless--,

(A) such proprietor is the operator of the phonorecord player; or

(B) such proprietor refuses or fails, within one month after receipt by registered or certified mail of a request, at a time during which the certificate required by clause (1) (C) of subsection (b) is not affixed to the phonorecord player, by the copyright owner, to make full disclosure, by registered or certified mail, of the identity of the operator of the phonorecord player.

(2) The operator of the coin-operated phonorecord player may obtain a compulsory license to perform the work publicly on that phonorecord player by filing the application, affixing the certificate, and paying the royalties provided by subsection (b).

(b) Recordation of Coin-Operated Phonorecord Player, Affixation of Certificate, and Royalty Payable Under Compulsory License.--,

(1) Any operator who wishes to obtain a compulsory license for the public performance of works on a coin-operated phonorecord player shall fulfill the following requirements:

(A) Before or within one month after such performances are made available on a particular phonorecord player, and during the month of January in each succeeding year that such performances are made available on that particular phonorecord player, the operator shall file in the Copyright Office, in accordance with requirements that the Register of Copyrights, after consultation with the Copyright Royalty Tribunal (if and when the Tribunal has been constituted), shall prescribe by regulation, an application containing the name and address of the operator of the phonorecord player and the manufacturer and serial number or other explicit identification of the phonorecord player, and deposit with the Register of Copyrights a royalty fee for the current calendar year of $8 for that particular phonorecord player. If such performances are made available on a particular phonorecord player for the first time after July 1 of any year,

the royalty fee to be deposited for the remainder of that year

shall be $4.

(B) Within twenty days of receipt of an application and a royalty fee pursuant to subclause (A), the Register of Copyrights shall issue to the applicant a certificate for the phonorecord player.

(C) On or before March 1 of the year in which the certificate prescribed by subclause (B) of this clause is issued, or within ten days after the date of issue of the certificate, the operator shall affix to the particular phonorecord player, in a position where it can be readily examined by the public, the certificate, issued by the Register of Copyrights under subclause (B), of the latest application made by such operator under subclause (A) of this clause with respect to that phonorecord player.

(2) Failure to file the application, to affix the certificate, or to pay the royalty required by clause (1) of this subsection renders the public performance actionable as an act of infringement under section 501 and fully subject to the remedies provided by sections 502 through 506 and 509.

(c) Distribution of Royalties.--,

(1) The Register of Copyrights shall receive all fees deposited under this section and, after deducting the reasonable costs incurred by the Copyright Office under this section, shall deposit the balance in the Treasury of the United States, in such manner as the Secretary of the Treasury directs. All funds held by the Secretary of the Treasury shall be invested in interest-bearing United States securities for later distribution with interest by the Copyright Royalty Tribunal as provided by this title. The Register shall submit to the Copyright Royalty Tribunal, on an annual basis, a detailed statement of account covering all fees received for the relevant period provided by subsection (b).

(2) During the month of January in each year, every person claiming to be entitled to complusory license fees under this section for performances during the preceding twelve-month period shall file a claim with the Copyright Royalty Tribunal, in accordance with requirements that the Tribunal shall prescribe by regulation. Such claim shall include an agreement to accept as final, except as provided in section 810 of this title, the determination of the Copyright Royalty Tribunal in any controversy concerning the distribution of royalty fees deposited under subclause (A) of subsection (b) (1) of this section to which the claimant is a party. Notwithstanding any provisions of the antitrust laws, for purposes of this subsection any claimants may agree among themselves as to the proportionate division of compulsory licensing fees among them, may lump their claims together and file them jointly or as a single claim, or may designate a common agent to receive payment on their behalf.

(3) After the first day of October of each year, the Copyright Royalty Tribunal shall determine whether there exists a controversy concerning the distribution of royalty fees deposited under subclause (A) of subsection (b) (1). If the Tribunal determines that no such controversy exists, it shall, after deducting its reasonable administrative costs under this section, distribute such fees to the copyright owners entitled, or to their designated agents. If it finds that such a controversy exists, it shall, pursuant to chapter 8 of this title, conduct a proceeding to determine the distribution of royalty fees.

(4) The fees to be distributed shall be divided as follows:

(A) to every copyright owner not affiliated with a performing rights society, the pro rata share of the fees to be distributed to which such copyright owner proves entitlement.

(B) to the performing rights societies, the remainder of the fees to be distributed in such pro rata shares as they shall by agreement stipulate among themselves, or, if they fail to agree, the pro rata share to which such performing rights societies prove entitlement.

(C) during the pendency of any proceeding under this section, the Copyright Royalty Tribunal shall withhold from distribution an amount sufficient to satisfy all claims with respect to which a controversy exists, but shall have discretion to proceed to distribute any amounts that are not in controversy.

(5) The Copyright Royalty Tribunal shall promulgate regulations under which persons who can reasonably be expected to have claims may, during the year in which performances take place, without expense to or harassment of operators or proprietors of establishments in which phonorecord players are located, have such access to such establishments and to the phonorecord players located therein and such opportunity to obtain information with respect thereto as may be reasonably necessary to determine, by sampling procedures or otherwise, the proportion of contribution of the musical works of each such person to the earnings of the phonorecord players for which fees shall have been deposited. Any person who alleges that he or she has been denied the access permitted under the regulations prescribed by the Copyright Royalty Tribunal may bring an action in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for the cancellation of the compulsory license of the phonorecord player to which such access has been denied, and the court shall have the power to declare the compulsory license thereof invalid from the date of issue thereof.

(d) Criminal Penalties.--Any person who knowingly makes a false representation of a material fact in an application filed under clause (1) (A) of subsection (b), or who knowingly alters a certificate issued under clause (1) (B) of subsection (b) or knowingly affixes such a certificate to a phonorecord player other than the one it covers, shall be fined not more than $2,500.

(e) Definitions.--As used in this section, the following terms and their variant forms mean the following:

(1) A "coin-operated phonorecord player" is a machine or device that--,

(A) is employed solely for the performance of nondramatic musical works by means of phonorecords upon being activated by insertion of coins, currency, tokens, or other monetary units or their equivalent;

(B) is located in an establishment making no direct or indirect charge for admission;

(C) is accompanied by a list of the titles of all the musical works available for performance on it, which list is affixed to the phonorecord player or posted in the establishment in a prominent position where it can be readily examined by the public; and

(D) affords a choice of works available for performance and permits the choice to be made by the patrons of the establishment in which it is located.

(2) An "operator" is any person who, alone or jointly with others:

(A) owns a coin-operated phonorecord player; or

(B) has the power to make a coin-operated phonorecord player available for placement in an establishment for purposes of public performance; or

(C) has the power to exercise primary control over the selection of the musical works made available for public performance on a coin-operated phonorecord player.

(3) A "performing rights society" is an association or corporation that licenses the public performance of nondramatic musical works on behalf of the copyright owners, such as the American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers, Broadcast Music, Inc., and SESAC, Inc.

Sec. 117. // 17 USC 117. // Scope of exclusive rights: Use in conjunction with computers and similar information systems

Notwithstanding the provisions of sections 106 through 116 and 118, this title does not afford to the owner of copyright in a work any greater or lesser rights with respect to the use of the work in conjunction with automatic systems capable of storing, processing, retrieving, or trnasferring information, or in conjunction with any similar device, machine, or process, than those afforded to works under the law, whether title 17 or the common law or statutes of a State, in effect on December 31, 1977, as held applicable and construed by a court in an action brought under this title.

Sec. 118. // 17 USC 118. // Scope of exclusive rights: Use of certain works in connection with noncommercial broadcasting

(a) The exclusive rights provided by section 106 shall, with respect to the works specified by subsection (b) and the activities specified by subsection (d), be subject to the conditions and limitations prescribed by this section.

(b) Not later than thirty days after the Copyright Royalty Tribunal has been constituted in accordance with section 802, the Chairman of the Tribunal shall cause notice to be published in the Federal Register of the initiation of proceedings for the purpose of determining reasonable terms and rates of royalty payments for the activities specified by subsection (d) with respect to published nondramatic musical works and published pictorial, graphic, and sculptural works during a period beginning as provided in clause (3) of this subsection and ending on December 31, 1982. Copyright owners and public broadcasting entities shall negotiate in good faith and cooperate fully with the Tribunal in an effort to reach reasonable and expeditious results. Notwithstanding any provision of the antitrust laws, any owners of copyright in works specified by this subsection and any public broadcasting entities, respectively, may negotiate and agree upon the terms and rates of royalty payments and the proportionate division of fees paid among various copyright owners, and may designate common agents to negotiate, agree to, pay, or receive payments.

(1) Any owner of copyright in a work specified in this subsection or any public broadcasting entity may, within one hundred and twenty days after publication of the notice specified in this subsection, submit to the Copyright Royalty Tribunal proposed licenses covering such activities with respect to such works. The Copyright Royalty Tribunal shall proceed on the basis of the proposals submitted to it as well as any other relevant information. The Copyright Royalty Tribunal shall permit any interested party to submit information relevant to such proceedings.

(2) License agreements voluntarily negotiated at any time between one or more copyright owners and one or more public broadcasting entities shall be given effect in lieu of any determination by the Tribunal: Provided, That copies of such agreements are filed in the Copyright Office within thirty days of execution in accordance with regulations that the Register of Copyrights shall prescribe.

(3) Within six months, but not earlier than one hundred and twenty days, from the date of publication of the notice specified in this subsection the Copyright Royalty Tribunal shall make a determination and publish in the Federal Register a schedule of rates and terms which, subject to clause (2) of this subsection, shall be binding on all owners of copyright in works specified by this subsection and public broadcasting entities, regardless of whether or not such copyright owners and public broadcasting entities have submitted proposals to the Tribunal. In establishing such rates and terms the Copyright Royalty Tribunal may consider the rates for comparable circumstances under voluntary license agreements negotiated as provided in clause (2) of this subsection. The Copyright Royalty Tribunal shall also establish requirements by which copyright owners may receive reasonable notice of the use of their works under this section, and under which records of such use shall be kept by public broadcasting entities.

(4) With respect to the period beginning on the effective date of this title and ending on the date of publication of such rates and terms, this title shall not afford to owners of copyright or public broadcasting entities any greater or lesser rights with respect to the activities specified in subsection (d) as applied to works specified in this subsection than those afforded under the law in effect on December 31, 1977, as held applicable and construed by a court in an action brought under this title.

(c) The initial procedure specified in subsection (b) shall be repeated and concluded between June 30 and December 31, 1982, and at five year intervals thereafter, in accordance with regulations that the Copyright Royalty Tribunal shall prescribe.

(d) Subject to the transitional provisions of subsection (b) (4), and to the terms of any voluntary license agreements that have been negotiated as provided by subsection (b) (2), a public broadcasting entity may, upon compliance with the provisions of this section, including the rates and terms established by the Copyright Royalty Tribunal under subsection (b) (3), engage in the following activities with respect to published nondramatic musical works and published pictorial, graphic, and sculptural works:

(1) performance or display of a work by or in the course of a transmission made by a noncommercial educational broadcast station referred to in subsection (g); and

(2) production of a transmission program, reproduction of copies or phonorecords of such a transmission program, and distribution of such copies or phonorecords, where such production, reproduction, or distribution is made by a nonprofit institution or organization solely for the purpose of transmissions specified in clause (1); and

(3) the making of reproductions by a governmental body or a nonprofit institution of a transmission program simultaneously with its transmission as specified in clause (1), and the performance or display of the contents of such program under the conditions specified by clause (1) of section 110, but only if the reproductions are used for performances or displays for a period of no more than seven days from the date of the transmission specified in clause (1), and are destroyed before or at the end of such period. No person supplying, in accordance with clause (2), a reproduction of a transmission program to governmental bodies or nonprofit institutions under this clause shall have any liability as a result of failure of such body or institution to destroy such reproduction: Provided, That it shall have notified such body or institution of the requirement for such destruction pursuant to this clause: And provided further, That if such body or institution itself fails to destroy such reproduction it shall be deemed to have infringed.

(e) Except as expressly provided in this subsection, this section shall have no applicability to works other than those specified in subsection (b).

(1) Owners of copyright in nondramatic literary works and public broadcasting entities may, during the course of voluntary negotiations, agree among themselves, respectively, as to the terms and rates of royalty payments without liability under the antitrust laws. Any such terms and rates of royalty payments shall be effective upon filing in the Copyright Office, in accordance with regulations that the Register of Copyrights shall prescribe.

(2) On January 3, 1980, the Register of Copyrights, after consulting with authors and other owners of copyright in nondramatic literary works and their representatives, and with public broadcasting entities and their representatives, shall submit to the Congress a report setting forth the extent to which voluntary licensing arrangements have been reached with respect to the use of nondramatic literary works by such broadcast stations. The report should also describe any problems that may have arisen, and present legislative or other recommendations, if warranted.

(f) Nothing in this section shall be construed to permit, beyond the limits of fair use as provided by section 107, the unauthorized dramatization of a nondramatic musical work, the production of a transmission program drawn to any substantial extent from a published compilation of pictorial, graphic, or sculptural works, or the unauthorized use of any portion of an audiovisual work.

(g) As used in this section, // 47 USC 397. // the term "public broadcasting entity" means a noncommercial educational broadcast station as defined in section 397 of title 47 and any nonprofit institution or organization engaged in the activities described in clause (2) of subsection (d).

Chapter 2.--COPYRIGHT OWNERSHIP AND TRANSFER

Sec.

201. Ownership of copyright.

202. Ownership of copyright as distinct from ownership of material object.

203. Ternination of transfers and licenses granted by the author.

204. Execution of transfers of copyright ownership.

205. Recordation of transfers and other documents.

Sec. 201. // 17 USC 201. // Ownership of copyright

(a) Initial Ownership.--Copyright in a work protected under this title vests initially in the author or authors of the work. The authors of a joint work are coowners of copyright in the work.

(b) Works Made for Hire.--In the case of a work made for hire, the employer or other person for whom the work was prepared is considered the author for purposes of this title, and, unless the parties have expressly agreed otherwise in a written instrument signed by them, owns all of the rights comprised in the copyright.

(c) Contributions to Collective Works.--Copyright in each separate contribution to a collective work is distinct from copyright in the collective work as a whole, and vests initially in the author of the contribution. In the absence of an express transfer of the copyright or of any rights under it, the owner of copyright in the collective work is presumed to have acquired only the privilege of reproducing and distributing the contribution as part of that particular collective work, any revision of that collective work, and any later collective work in the same series.

(d) Transfer of Ownership.--,

(1) The ownership of a copyright may be transferred in whole or in part by any means of conveyance or by operation of law, and may be bequeathed by will or pass as personal property by the applicable laws of intestate succession.

(2) Any of the exclusive rights comprised in a copyright, including any subdivision of any of the rights specified by section 106, may be transferred as provided by clause (1) and owned separately. The owner of any particular exclusive right is entitled, to the extent of that right, to all of the protection and remedies accorded to the copyright owner by this title.

(e) Involuntary Transfer.--When an individual author's ownership of a copyright, or of any of the exclusive rights under a copyright, has not previously been transferred voluntarily by that individual author, no action by any governmental body or other official or organization purporting to seize, expropriate, transfer, or exercise rights of ownership with respect to the copyright, or any of the exclusive rights under a copyright, shall be given effect under this title.

Sec. 202. // 17 rusc 202. // Ownership of copyright as distinct from ownership of material object

Ownership of a copyright, or of any of the exclusive rights under a copyright, is distinct from ownership of any material object in which the work is embodied. Transfer of ownership of any material object, including the copy or phonorecord in which the work is first fixed, does not of itself convey any rights in the copyrighted work embodied in the object; nor, in the absence of an agreement, does transfer of ownership of a copyright or of any exclusive rights under a copyright convey property rights in any material object.

Sec. 203. // 17 USC 203. // Termination of transfers and licenses granted by the author

(a) Conditions for Termination.--In the case of any work other than a work made for hire, the exclusive or nonexclusive grant of a transfer or license of copyright or of any right under a copyright, executed by the author on or after January 1, 1978, otherwise than by will, is subject to termination under the following conditions:

(1) In the case of a grant executed by one author, termination of the grant may be effected by that author or, if the author is dead, by the person or persons who, under clause (2) of this subsection, own and are entitled to exercise a total of more than one-half of that author's termination interest. In the case of a grant executed by two or more authors of a joint work, termination of the grant may be effected by a majority of the authors who executed it; if any of such authors is dead, the termination interest of any such author may be exercised as a unit by the person or persons who, under clause (2) of this subsection, own and are entitled to exercise a total of more than one-half of that author's interest.

(2) Where an author is dead, his or her termination interest is owned, and may be exercised, by his widow or her widower and his or her children or grandchildren as follows:

(A) the widow or widower owns the author's entire termination interest unless there are any surviving children or grandchildren or the author, in which case the widow or widower owns one-half of the author's interest;

(B) the author's surviving children, and the surviving children of any dead child of the author, own the author's entire termination interest unless there is a widow or widower, in which case the ownership of one-half of the author's interest is divided among them;

(C) the rights of the author's children and grandchildren are in all cases divided among them and exercised on a per stirpes basis according to the number of such author's children represented; the share of the children of a dead child in a termination interest can be exercised only by the action of a majority of them.

(3) Termination of the grant may be effected at any time during a period of five years beginning at the end of thirty-five years from the date of execution of the grant; or, if the grant covers the right of publication of the work, the period begins at the end of thirty-five years from the date of publication of the work under the grant or at the end of forty years from the date of execution of the grant, whichever term ends earlier.

(4) The termination shall be effected by serving an advance notice in writing, signed by the number and proportion of owners of termination interests required under clauses (1) and (2) of this subsection, or by their duly authorized agents, upon the grantee or the grantee's successor in title.

(A) The notice shall state the effective date of the termination, which shall fall within the five-year period specified by clause (3) of this subsection, and the notice shall be served not less than two or more than ten years before that date. A copy of the notice shall be recorded in the Copyright Office before the effective date of termination, as a condition to its taking effect.

(B) The notice shall comply, in form, content, and manner of service, with requirements that the Register of Copyrights shall prescribe by regulation.

(5) Termination of the grant may be effected notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary, including an agreement to make a will or to make any future grant.

(b) Effect of Termination.--Upon the effective date of termination, all rights under this title that were covered by the terminated grants revert to the author, authors, and other persons owning termination interests under clauses (1) and (2) of subsection (a), including those owners who did not join in signing the notice of termination under clause (4) of subsection (a), but with the following limitations:

(1) A derivative work prepared under authority of the grant before its termination may continue to be utilized under the terms of the grant after its termination, but this privilege does not extend to the preparation after the termination of other derivative works based upon the copyrighted work covered by the terminated grant.

(2) The future rights that will revert upon termination of the grant become vested on the date the notice of termination has been served as provided by clause (4) of subsection (a). The rights vest in the author, authors, and other persons named in, and in the proportionate shares provided by, clauses (1) and (2) of subsection (a).

(3) Subject to the provisions of clause (4) of this subsection, a further grant, or agreement to make a further grant, of any right covered by a terminated grant is valid only if it is signed by the same number and proportion of the owners, in whom the right has vested under clause (2) of this subsection, as are required to terminate the grant under clauses (1) and (2) of subsection (a). Such further grant or agreement is effective with respect to all of the persons in whom the right it covers has vested under clause (2) of this subsection, including those who did not join in signing it. If any person dies after rights under a terminated grant have vested in him or her, that person's legal representatives, legatees, or heirs at law represent him or her for purposes of this clause.

(4) A further grant, or agreement to make a further grant, of any right covered by a terminated grant is valid only if it is made after the effective date of the termination. As an exception, however, an agreement for such a further grant may be made between the persons provided by clause (3) of this subsection and the original grantee or such grantee's successor in title, after the notice of termination has been served as provided by clause (4) of subsection (a).

(5) Termination of a grant under this section affects only those rights covered by the grants that arise under this title, and in no way affects rights arising under any other Federal, State, or foreign laws.

(6) Unless and until termination is effected under this section, the grant, if it does not provide otherwise, continues in effect for the term of copyright provided by this title.

Sec. 204. // 17 USC 204. //

Execution of transfers of copyright ownership

(a) A transfer of copyright ownership, other than by operation of law, is not valid unless an instrument of conveyance, or a note or memorandum of the transfer, is in writing and signed by the owner of the rights conveyed or such owner's duly authorized agent.

(b) A certificate of acknowledgement is not required for the validity of a transfer, but is prima facie evidence of the execution of the transfer if--,

(1) in the case of a transfer executed in the United States, the certificate is issued by a person authorized to administer oaths within the United States; or

(2) in the case of a transfer executed in a foreign country, the certificate is issued by a diplomatic or consular officer of the United States, or by a person authorized to administer oaths whose authority is proved by a certificate of such an officer.

Sec. 205. // 17 USC 205. //

Recordation of transfers and other documents

(a) Conditions for Recordation.--Any transfer of copyright ownership or other document pertaining to a copyright may be recorded in the Copyright Office if the document filed for recordation bears the actual signature of the person who executed it, or if it is accompanied by a sworn or official certification that it is a true copy of the original, signed document.

(b) Certificate of Recordation.--The Register of Copyrights shall, upon receipt of a document as provided by subsection (a) and of the fee provided by section 708, record the document and return it with a certificate of recordation.

(c) Recordation as Constructive Notice.--Recordation of a document in the Copyright Office gives all persons constructive notice of the facts stated in the recorded document, but only if--,

(1) the document, or material attached to it, specifically identifies the work to which it pertains so that, after the document is indexed by the Register of Copyrights, it would be revealed by a reasonable search under the title or registration number of the work; and

(2) registration has been made for the work.

(d) Recordation as Prerequisite to Infringement Suit.--No person claiming by virtue of a transfer to be the owner of copyright or of any exclusive right under a copyright is entitled to institute an infringement action under this title until the instrument of transfer under which such person claims has been recorded in the Copyright Office, but suit may be instituted after such recordation on a cause of action that arose before recordation.

(e) Priority Between Conflicting Transfers.--As between two conflicting transfers, the one executed first prevails if it is recorded, in the manner required to give constructive notice under subsection (c), within one month after its execution outside the United States or within two months after its execution outside the United States, or at any time before recordation in such manner of the later transfer. Otherwise the later transfer prevails if recorded first in such manner, and if taken in good faith, for valuable consideration or on the basis of a binding promise to pay royalties, and without notice of the earlier transfer.

(f) Priority Between Conflicting Transfer of Ownership and Nonexclusive License.--A nonexclusive license, whether recorded or not, prevails over a conflicting transfer of copyright ownership if the license is evidenced by a written instrument signed by the owner of the rights licensed or such owner's duly authorized agent, and if--,

(1) the license was taken before execution of the transfer; or

(2) the license was taken in good faith before recordation of the transfer and without notice of it.

Chapter 3.--DURATION OF COPYRIGHT
Sec. 301. Preemption with respect to other laws. 302. Duration of copyright: Works created on or after January 1, 1978. 303. Duration of copyright: Works created but not published or copyrighted before January 1, 1978. 304. Duration of copyright: Subsisting copyrights. 305. Duration of copyright: Terminal date.

Section 301.

// 17 USC 301. // Preemption with respect to other laws

(a) On and after January 1, 1978, all legal or equitable rights that are equivalent to any of the exclusive rights within the general scope of copyright as specified by section 106 in works of authorship that are fixed in a tangible medium of expression and come within the subject matter of copyright as specified by sections 102 and 103, whether created before or after that date and whether published or unpublished, are governed exclusively by this title. Thereafter, no person is entitled to any such right or equivalent right in any such work under the common law or statutes of any State.

(b) Nothing in this title annuls or limits any rights or remedies under the common law or statutes of any State with respect to--,

(1) subject matter that does not come within the subject matter of copyright as specified by sections 102 and 103, including works of authorship not fixed in any tangible medium of expression; or

(2) any cause of action arising from undertakings commenced before January 1, 1978; or

(3) activities violating legal or equitable rights that are not equivalent to any of the exclusive rights within the general scope of copyright as specified by section 106.

(c) With respect to sound recordings fixed before February 15, 1972, any rights or remedies under the common law or statutes of any State shall not be annulled or limited by this title until February 15, 2047. The preemptive provisions of subsection (a) shall apply to any such rights and remedies pertaining to any cause of action arising from undertakings commenced on and after February 15, 2047. Notwithstanding the provisions of section 303, no sound recording fixed before February 15, 1972, shall be subject to copyright under this title before, on, or after February 15, 2047.

(d) Nothing in this title annuls or limits any rights or remedies under any other Federal statute.

Sec. 302. // 17 USC 302. // Duration of copyright: Works created on or after January 1, 1978

(a) In General.--Copyright in a work created on or after January 1, 1978, subsists from its creation and, except as provided by the following subsections, endures for a term consisting of the life of the author and fifty years after the author's death.

(b) Joint Works.--In the case of a joint work prepared by two or more authors who did not work for hire, the copyright endures for a term consisting of the life of the last surviving author and fifty years after such last surviving author's death.

(c) Anonymous Works, Pseudonymous Works, and Works Made for Hire.-- In the case of an anonymous work, a pseudonymous work, or a work made for hire, the copyright endures for a term of seventyfive years from the year of its first publication, or a term of one hundred years from the year of its creation, whichever expires first. If, before the end of such term, the identity of one or more of the authors of an anonymous or pseudonymous work is revealed in the records of a registration made for that work under subsections (a) or (d) of section 408, or in the records provided by this subsection, the copyright in the work endures for the term specified by subsection (a) or (b), based on the life of the author or authors whose identity has been revealed. Any person having an interest in the copy right in any anonymous or pseudonymous work may at any time record, in records to be maintained by the Copyright Office for that purpose, a statement identifying one or more authors of the work; the statement shall also identify the person filing it, the nature of that person's interest, the source of the information recorded, and the particular work affected, and shall comply in form and content with requirements that the Register of Copyrights shall prescribe by regulation.

(d) Records Relating to Death of Authors.--Any person having an interest in a copyright may at any time record in the Copyright Office a statement of the date of death of the author of the copyrighted work, or a statement that the author is still living on a particular date. The statement shall identify the person filing it, the nature of that person's interest, and the source of the information recorded, and shall comply in form and content with requirements that the Register of Copyrights shall prescribe by regulation. The Register shall maintain current records of information relating to the death of authors of copyrighted works, based on such recorded statements and, to the extent the Register considers practicable, on data contained in any of the records of the Copyright Office or in other reference sources.

(e) Presumption as to Author's Death.--After a period of seventy-five years from the year of first publication of a work, or a period of one hundred years from the year of its creation, whichever expires first, any person who obtains from the Copyright Office a certified report that the records provided by subsection (d) disclose nothing to indicate that the of the work is living, or died less than fifty years before, is entitled to the benefit of a presumption that the author has been dead for at least fifty years. Reliance in good faith upon this presumption shall be a complete defense to any action for infringement under this title.

Sec. 303. // 17 USC 303. // Duration of copyright: Works created but not published or copyrighted before January 1, 1978

Copyright in a work created before January 1, 1978, but not theretofore in the public domain or copyrighted, subsists from January 1, 1978, and endures for the term provided by section 302. In no case, however, shall the term of copyright in such a work expire before December 31, 2002; and, if the work is published on or before December 31, 2002, the term of copyright shall not expire before December 31, 2027.

Sec. 304. // 17 USC 304. // Duration of copyright: Subsisting copyrights

(a) Copyrights in Their First Term on January 1, 1978.--Any copyright, the first term of which is subsisting on January 1, 1978, shall endure for twenty-eight years from the date it was originally secured: Provided, That in the case of any posthumous work or of any periodical, cyclopedic, or other composite work upon which the copyright was originally secured by the proprietor thereof, or of any work copyrighted by a corporate body (otherwise than as assignee or licensee of the individual author) or by an employer for whom such work is made for hire, the proprietor of such copyright shall be entitled to a renewal and extension of the copyright in such work for the further term of forty-seven years when application for such renewal and extension shall have been made to the Copright Office and duly registered therein within one year prior to the expiration of the original term of copyright: And provided further, That in the case of any other copyrighted work, including a contribution by an individual author to a periodical or to a cyclopedic or other composite work, the author of such work, if still living, or the widow, widower, or children of the author, if the author be not living, of if such author, widow, widower, or children be not living, then the author's executors, or in the absense of a will, his or her next of kin shall be entitled to a renewal and extension of the copyright in such work for a further term of forty-seven years when application for such renewal and extension shall have been made to the Copyright Office and duly registered therein within one year prior to the expiration of the original term of copyright: And provided further, That in default of the registration of such application for renewal and extension, the copyright in any work shall terminate at the expiration of twenty-eight years from the date copyright was originally secured.

(b) Copyrights in Their Renewal Term or Registered for Renewal Before January 1, 1978.--The duration of any copyright, the renewal term of which is subsisting at any time between December 31, 1976, and December 31, 1977, inclusive, or for which renewal registration is made between December 31, 1976, and December 31, 1977, inclusive, is extended to endure for a term of seventy-five years from the date copyright was originally secured. (c) Termination of Transfers and Licenses Covering Extended Renewal Term.--In the case of any copyright subsisting in either its first or renewal term on January 1, 1978, other than a copyright in a work made for hire, the exclusive or nonexclusive grant of a transfer or license of the renewal copyright or any right under it, executed before January 1, 1978, by any of the persons designated by the second proviso of subsection (a) of this section, otherwise than by will, is subject to termination under the following conditions:

(1) In the case of a grant executed by a person or persons other than the author, thermination of the grant may be effected by the surviving person or persons who exected it. In the case of a grant executed by one or more of the authors of the work, termination of the grant may be effected, to the extent of a particular author's share in the ownership of the renewal copyright, by the author who executed it or, if such author is dead, by the person or persons who, under clause (2) of this subsection, own and are entitled to exercise a total of more than one-half of that author's termination interest.

(2) Where an author is dead, his or her termination interest is owned, and may be exercised, by his widow or her widower and his or her children or grand children as follows:

(A) the widow or widower owns the author's entire termination interest unless there are any surviving children or grandchildren of the author, in which case the widow or widower owns one-half of the author's interest;

(B) the author's surviving children, and the surviving children of any dead child of the author, own the author's entire termination interest unless there is a widow or widower, in which case the the ownership of one-half of the author's interest is divided among them;

(C) the rights of the author's children and grandchildren are in all cases divided among them and exercised on a per stirpes basis according to the number of such author's children represented; the share of the children of a dead child in a termination interest can be exercised only by the action of a majority of them

(3) Termination of the grant may be effected at any time during a period of five years beginning at the end of fifty-six years from the date copyright was originally secured, or beginning on January 1, 1978, whichever is later.

(4) The termination shall be effected by serving an advance notice in writing upon the grantee or the grantee's successor in title. In the case of a grant executed by a person or persons other than the author, the notice shall be signed by all of those entitled to terminate the grant under clause (1) of this subsection, or by their duly authorized agents. In the case of a grant executed by one or more of the authors of the work, the notice as to any one author's share shall be signed by that author or his or her duly authorized agent or, if that author is dead, by the number and proportion of the owners of his or her termination interest required under clauses (1) and (2) of this subsection, or by their duly authorized agents.

(A) The notice shall state the effective date of the termination, which shall fall within the five-year period specified by clause (3) of this subsection, and the notice shall be served not less than two or more than ten years before that date. A copy of the notice shall be recorded in the Copyright Office before the effective date of termination, as a condition to its taking effect.

(B) The notice shall comply, in form, content, and manner of service, with requirements that the Register of Copyrights shall prescribe by regulation.

(5) Termination of the grant may be effected notwithstanding any agreement to the contrary, including an agreement to make a will or to make any future grant.

(6) In case of a grant executed by a person or persons other than the author, all rights under this title that were covered by the terminated grant revert, upon the effective date of termination, to all of those entitled to terminate the grant under clause (1) of this subsection. In the case of a grant executed by one or more of the authores of the work, all of a particular author's rights under this title that were covered by the terminated grant revert, upon the effective date of termination, to that author or, if that author is dead, to the persons owning his or her termination interest under clause (2) of this subsection, including those owners who did not join in signing the notice of termination under clause (4) of this subsection. In all cases the reversion of rights is subject to the following limitations:

(A) A derivative work prepared under authority of the grant before its termination may continue to be utilized under the terms of the grant after its termination, but this privilege does not extend to the preparation after the termination of other derivative works based upon the copyrighted work covered by the terminated grant.

(B) The future rights that will revert upon termination of the grant become vested on the date the notice of termination has been served as provided by clause (4) of this subsection.

(C) Where the author's rights revert to two or more persons under clause (2) of this subsection, they shall vest in those persons in the proportionate shares provided by that clause. In such a case, and subject to the provisions of subclause (D) of this clause, a further grant, or agreement to make a further grant, of a particular author's share with respect to any right covered by a terminated grant is valid only if it is signed by the same number and proportion of the owners, in whom the right has vested under this clause, as are required to terminate the grant under clause (2) of this subsection. Such further grant or agreement is effective with respect to all of the persons in whom the right it covers has vested under this subclause, including those who did not join in signing it. If any person dies after rights under a terminated grant have vested in him or her, that person's legal representatives, legatees, or heirs at law represent him or her for purposes of this subclause.

(D) A further grant, or agreement to make a further grant, of any right covered by a terminated grant is valid only if it is made after the effective date of the termination. As an exception, however, an agreement for such a further grant may be made between the author or any of the persons proveded by the first sentence of clause (6) of this subsection, or between the persons provided by subclause (C) of this clause, and the original grantee or such grantee's successor in title, after the notice of termination has been served as proveded by clause (4) of this subsection.

(E) Termination of a grant under this subsection affects only those rights covered by the grant that arise under this title, and in no way affects rights arising under any other Federal, State, or foreign laws.

(F) Unless and until termination is effected under this subsection, the grant, if it does not provide otherwise, continues in effect for the remainder of the extended renewal term.

Sec. 305. // 17 USC 305. // Duration of copyright: Terminal date

All terms of copyright provided by sections 302 through 304 run to the end of the calendar year in which they would otherwise expire.

Chapter 4.--COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DEPOSIT, AND REGISTRATION
Sec . 401. Notice of copyright: Visually preceptible copies. 402. Notice of copyright: Phonorecords of sound recordings. 403. Notice of copyright: Publications incorporating United States Government works. 404. Notice of copyright: Contributions to collective works. 405. Notice of copyright: Omission of notice. 406. Notice of copycopyright: Error in name or date. 407. Deposit of copies or phonorecords for Library of Congress. 408. Copyright registration in general. 409. Application for copyright registration. 410. Registration of claim and issuance of certificate. 411. Registration as prerequisite to infringement suit. 412. Registration as prerequisite to certain remedies for infringement.

Sec. 401. // 17 USC 401. // Notice of copyright: Visually perceptible copies

(a) General Requirement.--Whenever a work protected under this title is published in the United States or elsewhere by authority of the copyright owner, a notice of copyright as provided by this section shall be placed on all publicly distributed copies from which the work can be visually perceived, either directly or with the aid of a machine or device.

(b) Form of Notice.--The notice appearing on the copies shall consist of the following three elements:

(1) the symbol (the letter C in a circle), or the word " Copyright", or the abbreviation " Copr."; and

, (2) the year of first publication of the work; in the case of

compilations or derivative works incorporating previously published material, the year date of first publication of the compilation or derivative work is sufficient. The year date may be omitted where a pictorial, graphic, or sculptural work, with accompanying text matter, if any, is reproduced in or on greeting cards, postcards, stationery, jewelry, dolls, toys, or any useful articles; and

(3) the name of the owner of copright in the work, or an abbreviation by which the name can be recognized, or a generally known alternative designation of the owner.

(c) Position of Notice.--The notice shall be affixed to the copies in such manner and location as to give reasonalble notice of the claim of copyright. The Register of Copyrights shall prescribe by regulation, as examples, specific methods of affixation and positions of the notice on various types of works that will satisfy this requirement, but these specifications shall not be considered exhaustive.

Section 402. // 17 USC 402. // Notice of copyright: Phonorecords of sound recordings

(a) General Requirement.--Whenever a sound recording protected under this title is published in the United States or elsewhere by authority of the copright owner, a notice of copyright as provided by this section shall be placed on all publicly distributed phonorecords of the sound recording.

(b) Form of Notice.--The notice appearing on the phonorecords shall consist of the following three elements:

(1) the symbol (the letter P in a circle); and

(2) the year of first publication of the sound recording; and (3) the name of the owner of copyright in the sound recording, or an abbreviation by which the name can be recognized, or a generally known alternative designation of the owner; if the producer of the sound recording is named on the phonorecord labels or containers, and if no other name appears in conjunction with the notice, the producer's name shall be considered a part of the notice.

(c) Position of Notice.--The notice shall be placed on the surface of the phonorecord, or on the phonorecord label or container, in such manner and location as to give reasonable notice of the claim of copyright.

Sec. 403. // 17 USC 403. // Notice of copyright: Publications incorporating United States Government works

Whenever a work is published in copies or phonorecords consisting preponderantly of one or more works of the United States Government, the notice of copyright provided by sections 401 or 402 shall also include a statement identifying, either affirmatively or negatively, those portions of the copies or phonorecords embodying any work or works protected under this title.

Sec. 404. // 17 USC 404. // Notice of copright: Contributions to collective works

(a) A separate contribution to a collective work may bear its own notice of copyright, as provided by sections 401 through 403. However, a single notice applicable to the collective work as a whole is sufficient to satisfy the requirements of sections 401 through 403 with respect to the separate contributions it contains (not including advertisements inserted on behalf of persons other than the owner of copyright in the collective work), regardless of the ownership of copyright in the contributions and whether or not they have been previously published.

(b) Where the person named in a single notice applicable to a collective work as a whole is not the owner of copyright in a separate contribution that does not bear its own notice, the case is governed by the provisions of section 406(a).

Sec. 405. // 17 USC 405. // Notice of copyright: Omission of notice

(a) Effect of Omission on Copyright.--The omission of the copyright notice prescribed by sections 401 through 403 from copies or phonorecords publicly distributed by authority of the copyright owner does not invalidate the copyright in a work if--,

(1) the notice has been omitted from no more than a relatively small number of copies or phonorecords distributed to the public; or

(2) registration for the work has been made before or is made within five years after the publication without notice, and a reasonable effort is made to add notice to all copies or phonorecords that are distributed to the public in the United States after the omission has been discovered; or

(3) the notice has been omitted in violation of an express requirement in writing that, as a condition of the copyright owner's authorization of the public distribution of copies or phonorecords, they bear the prescribed notice.

(b) Effect of Omission on Innocent Infringers.--Any person who innocently infringes a copyright, in reliance upon an authorized copy or phonorecord from which the copyright notice has been omitted, incurs no liability for actual or statutory damages under section 504 for any infringing acts committed before receiving actual notice that registration for the work has been made under section 408, if such person proves that he or she was misled by the omission of notice. In a suit for infringement in such a case the court may allow or disallow recovery of any of the infringer's profits attributable to the infringement, and may enjoin the continuation of the infringing undertaking or may require, as a condition or permitting the continuation of the infringing undertaking, that the infringer pay the copyright owner a reasonable license fee in an amount and on terms fixed by the court.

(c) Removal of Notice.--Protection under this title is not affected by the removal, destruction, or obliteration of the notice, without the authorization of the copyright owner, from any publicly distributed copies or phonorecords.

Sec. 406. // 17 USC 406. // Notice of copyright: Error in name or date

(a) Error in Name.--Where the person named in the copyright notice on copies or phonorecords publicly distributed by authority of the copyright owner is not the owner of copright, the validity and ownership of the copyright are not affected. In such a case, however, any person who innocently begins an undertaking that infringes the copyright has a complete defense to any action for such infringement if such person proves that he or she was misled by the notice and began the undertaking in good faith under a purported transfer or license from the person named therein, unless before the undertaking was begun--,

(1) registration for the work had been made in the name of the owner of copyright; or

(2) a document executed by the person named in the notice and showing the ownership of the copyright had been recorded.

The person named in the notice is liable to account to the copyright owner for all receipts from transfers or licenses purportedly made under the copyright by the person named in the notice.

(b) Error in Date.--When the year date in the notice on copies or phonorecords distributed by authority of the copyright owner is earlier than the year in which publication first occurred, any period computed from the year of first publication under section 302 is to be computed from the year in the notice. Where the year date is more than one year later than the year in which publication first occurred, the work is considered to have been published without any notice and is governed by the provisions of section 405.

(c) Omission of Name or Date.--Where copies or phonorecords publicly distributed by authority of the copyright owner contain no name or no date that could reasonably be considered a part of the notice, the work is considered to have been published without any notice and is governed by the provisions of section 405.

Sec. 407. // 17 USC 407. // Deposit of copies or phonorecords for Library of Congress

(a) Except as provided by subsection (c), and subject to the provisions of subsection (e), the owner of copyright or of the exclusive right of publication in a work published with notice of copyright in the United States shall deposit, within three months after the date of such publication--,

(1) two complete copies of the best edition; or

(2) if the work is a sound recording, two complete phonorecords of the best edition, together with any printed or other visually perceptible material published with such phonorecords.

Neither the deposit requirements of this subsection nor the acquisition provisions of subsection (e) are conditions of copyright protection.

(b) The required copies or phonorecords shall be deposited in the Copyright Office for the use or disposition of the Library of Congress. The Register of Copyrights shall, when requested by the depositor and upon payment of the fee prescribed by section 708, issue a receipt for the deposit.

(c) The Register of Copyrights may by regulation exempt any categories of material from the deposit requirements of this section, or require deposit of only one copy or phonorecord with respect to any categories. Such regulations shall provide either for complete exemption from the deposit requirements of this section, or for alternative forms of deposit aimed at providing a satisfactory archival record of a work without imposing practical or financial hardships on the depositor, where the individual author is the owner of copyright in a pictorial, graphic, or sculptural work and (i) less than five copies of the work have been published, or (ii) the work has been published in a limited edition consisting of numbered copies, the monetary value of which would make the mandatory deposit of two copies of the best edition of the work burdensome, unfair, or unreasonable.

(d) At any time after publication of a work as provided by subsection (a), the Register of Copyrights may make written demand for the required deposit on any of the persons obligated to make the deposit under subsection (a). Unless deposit is made within three months after the demand is received, the person or persons on whom the demand was made are liable--,

(1) to a fine of not more than $250 for each work; and

(2) to pay into a specially designated fund in the Library of Congress the total retail price of the copies or phonorecords demanded, or, if no retail price has been fixed, the reasonable cost of the Library of Congress of acquiring them; and

(3) to pay a fine of $2,500, in addition to any fine or

liability imposed under clauses (1) and (2), if such person willfully or repeatedly fails or refuses to comply with such a demand.

(e) with respect to transmission programs that have been fixed and

transmitted to the public in the United States but have not been published, the Register of Copyrights shall, after consulting with the Librarian of Congress and other interested organizations and officials,

establish regulations governing the acquisition, through deposit or otherwise, of copies or phonorecords of such programs for the collections of the Library of Congress.

(1) The Librarian of Congress shall be permitted, under the standards and conditions set forth in such regulations, to make a fixation of a transmission program directly from a transmission to the public, and to reproduce one copy or phonorecord from such fixation for archival purposes.

(2) Such regulations shall also provide standards and procedures by which the Register of Copyrights may make written demand, upon the owner of the right of transmission in the United States, for the deposit of a copy or phonorecord of a specific transmission program. Such deposit may, at the option of the owner of the right of transmission in the United States, be accomplished by gift, by loan for purposes of reproduction, or by sale at a price not to exceed the cost of reproducing and supplying the copy or phonorecord. The regulations established under this clause shall provide reasonable periods of not less than three months for compliance with a demand, and shall allow for extensions of such periods and adjustments in the scope of the demand or the methods for fulfilling it, as reasonably warranted by the circumstances. Willful failure or refusal to comply with the conditions prescribed by such regulations shall subject the owner of the right of transmission in the United States to liability for an amount, not to exceed the cost of reproducing and supplying the copy or phonorecord in question, to be paid into a specially designated fund in the Library of Congress.

(3) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to require the making or retention, for purposes of deposit, of any copy or phonorecord of an unpublished transmission program, the transmission of which occurs before the receipt of a specific written demand as provided by clause (2).

(4) No activity undertaken in compliance with regulations prescribed under clauses (1) or (2) of this subsection shall result in liability if intended solely to assist in the acquisition of copies or phonorecords under this subsection.

Sec. 408. // 17 USC 408. // Copyright registration in general

(a) Registration Permissive.--At any time during the subsistence of copyright in any published or unpublished work, the owner of copyright or of any exclusive right in the work may obtain registration of the copyright claim by delivering to the Copyright Office the deposit specified by this section, together with the application and fee specified by sections 409 and 708. Subject to the provisions of section 405(a), such registration is not a condition of copyright protection.

(b) Deposit for Copyright Registration.--Except as provided by subsection (c), the material deposited for registration shall include--,

(1) in the case of an unpublished work, one complete copy or phonorecord;

(2) in the case of a published work, two complete copies or phonorecords of the best edition;

(3) in the case of a work first published outside the United States, one complete copy or phonorecord as so published;

(4) in the case of a contribution to a collective work, one complete copy or phonorecord of the best edition of the collective work.

Copies or phonorecords deposited for the Library of Congress under section 407 may be used to satisfy the deposit provisions of this section, if they are accompanied by the prescribed application and fee, and by any additional identifying material that the Register may, by regulation, require. The Register shall also prescribe regulations establishing requirements under which copies or phonorecords acquired for the Library of Congress under subsection (e) of section 407, otherwise than by deposit, may be used to satisfy the deposit provisions of this section.

(c) Adimistrative Classification and Optional Deposit.--,

(1) The Register of Copyrights is authorized to specify by regulation the administrative classes into which works are to be placed for purposes of deposit and registration, and the nature of the copies or phonorecords to be deposited in the various classes specified. The regulations may require or permit, for particular classes, the deposit of identifying material instead of copies or phonorecords, the deposit of only one copy or phonorecord where two would normally be required, or a single registration for a group of related works. This administrative classification of works has no significance with respect to the subject matter of copyright or the exclusive rights provided by this title.

(2) Without prejudice to the general authority provided under clause (1), the Register of Copyrights shall establish regulations specifically permitting a single registration for a group of works by the same individual author, all first published as contributions to periodicals, including newspapers, within a twelve-month period, on the basis of a single deposit, application, and registration fee, under all of the following conditions--,

(A) if each of the works as first published bore a separate copyright notice, and the name of the owner of copyright in the work, or an abbreviation by which the name can be recognized, or a generally known alternative designation of the owner was the same in each notice; and

(B) if the deposit consists of one copy of the entire issue of the periodical, or of the entire section in the case of a newspaper, in which each contribution was first published; and

(C) if the application identifies each work separately, including the periodical containing it and its date of first publication.

(3) As an alternative to separate renewal registrations under subsection (a) of section 304, a single renewal registration may be made for a group of works by the same individual author, all first published as contributions to periodicals, including newpapers, upon the filing of a single application and fee, under all of the following conditions:

(A) the renewal claimant or claimants, and the basis of claim or claims under section 304(a), is the same for each of the works; and

(B) the works were all copyrighted upon their first pubication, either through seperate copyright notice and registration or by virtue of a general copyright notice in the periodical issue as a whole; and

(C) the renewal application and fee are received not more than twenty-eight or less than twenty-seven years after the thirty-first day of December of the calendar year in which all of the works were first published; and

(D) the renewal application identifies each work separately, including the periodical containing it and its date of first publication.

(d) Corrections and Amplifications.--The Register may also establish, by regulation, formal procedures for the filing of an application for supplementary registration, to correct an error in a copyright registration or to amplify the information given in a registration Such application shall be accompanied by the fee provided by section 708, and shall clearly identify the registration to be corrected or amplified. The information contained in a supplementary registration augments but does not supersede that contained in the earlier registration.

(e) Published Edition of Previously Registered Work.--Registration for the first published edition of a work previously registered in unpublished form may be made even though the work as published is substantially the same as the unpublished version.

Sec. 409. // 17 USC 409. // Application for copyright registration

The application for copyright registration shall be made on a form prescribed by the Register of Copyrights and shall include--,

(1) the name and address of the copyright claimant;

(2) in the case of a work other than an anonymous or pseudonymous work, the name and nationality or domicile of the author or authors, and, if one or more of the authors is dead, the dates of their deaths;

(3) if the work is anonymous or pseudonymous, the nationality or domicile of the author or authors;

(4) in the case of a work made for hire, a statement to this effect;

(5) if the copyright claimant is not the author, a brief statement of how the claimant obtained ownership of the copyright;

(6) the title of the work, together with any previous or alternative titles under which the work can be indentified;

(7) the year in which creation of the work was completed; (8) if the work has been published, the date and nation of its first publication;

(9) in the case of a compilation or derivative work, an identification of any preexisting work or works that it is based on or incorporates, and a brief, general statement of the additional material covered by the copyright claim being registered;

(10) in the case of a published work containing material of which copies are required by section 601 to be manufactured in the United States, the names of the persons or organizations who performed the processes specified by subsection (c) of section 601 with respect to that material, and the places where those processes were performed; and

(11) any other information regarded by the Register of Copyrights as bearing upon the preparation or identfication of the work or the existence, ownership, or duration of the copyright.

Sec. 410. // 17 USC 410. // Registration of claim and issuance of certificate

(a) When, after examination, the Register of Coryrights determines that, in accordance with the provision of this title, the material deposited constitutes copyrightable subjuect matter and that the other legal and formal requirements of this title have been met, the Register shall register the claim and issue to the applicant a certificate of registration under the seal of the Copyright Office. The certificate shall contain the information given in the application, together with the number and effective date of the registration.

(b) In any case in which the Register of Copyrights determines that, in accordance with the provisions of this title, the material deposited does not constitute copyrightable subject matter or that the claim is invalid for any other reason, the Register shall refuse registration and shall notify the applicant in writing of the reasons for such refusal.

(c) In any judicial proceedings the certificate of a registration made before or within five years after first publication of the work shall constitute prima facie evidence of the validity of the copyright and of the facts stated in the certificate. The evidentiary weight to be accorded the certificate of a registration made thereafter shall be within the discretion of the court.

(d) The effective date of a copyright registration is the day on which an application, deposit, and fee, which are later determined by the Register of Copyrights or by a court of competent jurisdiction to be acceptable for registration, have all been received in the Copyright Office

Sec. 411. // 17 USC 411. //

(a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b), no action for infringement of the copyright in any work shall be instituted until registration of the copyright claim has been made in accordance with this title. In any case, however, where the deposit, application, and fee required for registration have been delivered to the Copyright Office in proper form and registration has been refused, the applicant is entitled to institute an action for infringement if notice thereof, with a copy of the complaint, is served on the Register of Copyrights. The Register may, at his or her option, become a party to the action with respect to the issue of registrability of the copyright claim by entering an appearance within sixty days after such service, but the Register's failure to become a party shall not deprive the court of jurisdiction to determine that issue.

(b) In the case of a work consisting of sounds, images, or both, the first fixation of which is made simultaneously with its transmission, the copright owner may, either before or after such fixation takes place, institute an action for infringement under section 501, fully subject to the remedies provided by sections 502 through 506 and sections 509 and 510, if, in accordance with requirements that the Register of Copyrights shall prescribe by regulation, the copyright owner--,

(1) serves notice upon the infringer, not less than ten or more than thirty days before such fixation, identifying the work and the specific time and source of its first transmission, and declaring an intention to secure copyright in the work; and

(2) makes registration for the work within three months after its first transmission.

Sec. 412. // 17 USC 412. // Registration as prerequisite to certain remedies for infringement

In any action under this title, other than an action instituted under section 411(b), no award of statutory damages or of attorney's fees, as provided by sections 504 and 505, shall be made for--,

(1) any infringement of copyright in an unpublished work commenced before the effective date of its registration; or

(2) any infringement of copyright commenced after first publication of the work and before the effective date of its registration, unless such registration is made within three months after the first publication of the work.

Chapter 5.--COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT AND REMEDIES

Sec.

501. Infringement of copyright. 502. Remedies for infringement: Injuctions. 503. Remedies for infringement: Impounding and disposition of infringing articles. 504. Remedies for infringement: Dmage and profits. 505. Remedies for infringement: Costs and attorney's fees. 506. Criminal offenses. 507. Limitations on actions. 508. Notification of filing and determination of actions. 509. Seizure and forfeiture. 510. Remedies for alteration of programing by cable systems.

Sec. 501. // 17 USC 501. // Infringement of copyright

(a) Anyone who violates any of the exclusive rights of the copyright owner as provided by sections 106 through 118, or who imports copies or phonorecords into the United States in violation of section 602, is an infringer of the copyright.

(b) The legal or beneficial owner of an exclusive right under a copyright is entitled, subject to the requirements of sections 205(d) and 411, to institute an action for any infringement of that particular right committed while he or she is the owner of it. The court may require such owner to serve written notice of the action with a copy of the complaint upon any person shown, by the records of the Copyright Office or otherwise, to have or claim an interest in the copyright, and shall require that such notice be served upon any person whose interest is likely to be affected by a decision in the case. The court may require the joinder, and shall permit the intervention, of any person having or claiming an interest in the copyright.

(c) For any secondary transmission by a cable system that embodies a performance or a display of a work which is actionable as an act of infringement under subsection (c) of section 111, a television broadcast station holding a copyright or other license to transmit or perform the same version of that work shall, for purposes of subsection (b) of this section, be treated as a legal or benefical owner if such secondary transmission occurs within the local service area of that television station.

(d) For any secondary transmission by a cable system that is actionable as an act of infringement pursuant to section 111(c)(3), the following shall also have standing to sue: (i) the primary transmitter whose transmission has been altered by the cable system; and (ii) any broadcast station within whose local service area the secondary transmission occurs.

Sec. 502. // 17 USC 502. // Remedies for infringement: Injuctions

(a) Any court having jursdiction of a civil action arising under this title may, subject to the provisions of section 1498 of title 28, grant temporary and final injunctions on such terms as it may deem reasonable to prevent or restrain infringement of a copyright.

(b) Any such injunction may be served anywhere in the United States on the person enjoined; it shall be operative throughout the United States and shall be enforceable, by proceedings in contempt or otherwise, by any United States court having jurisdiction of that person. The clerk of the court granting the injunction shall, when requested by any other court in which enforcement of the injunction is sought, transmit promptly to the other court a certified copy of all the papers in the case on file in such clerk's office.

Sec. 503. // 17 USC 503. // Remedies for infringement: Impounding and disposition of infringing articles

(a) At any time while an action under this title is pending, the court may order the impounding, on such terms as it may deem reasonable, of all copies or phonorecords claimed to have been made or used in violation of the copyright owner's exclusive rights, and of all plates, molds, matrices, masters, tapes, film negatives, or other articles by means of which such copies or phonrecords may be reproduced.

(b) As part of a final judgment or decree, the court may order the destruction or other reasonable disposition of all copies or phonorecords found to have been made or used in violation of the copyright owner's exclusive rights, and of all plates, molds, matrices, masters, tapes, film negatives, or other articles by means of which such copies or phonorecords may be reproduced.

Sec. 504. // 17 USC 504. //

(a) In General.--Except as otherwise provided by this title, an infringer of copyright is liable for either--,

(1) the copyright owner's actual damages and any additional profits of the infringer, as provided by subsection (b); or

(2) statutory damages, as provided by subsection (c).

(b) Actual Damages and Profits.--The copyright owner is entitled to recover the actual damages suffered by him or her as a result of the infringement, and any profits of the infringer that are attributable to the infringement and are not taken into account in computing the actual damages. In establishing the infringer's profits, the copyright owner is required to present proof only of the infringer's gross revenue, and the infringer is required to prove his or her deductible expenses and the elements of profit attributable to factors other than the copyrighted work.

(c) Statutory Damages.--,

(1) Except as provided by clause (2) of this subsection, the copyright owner may elect, at any time before final judgment is rendered, to recover, instead of actual damages and profits, an award of statutory damages for all infringements involved in the action, with respect to any one work, for which any one infringer is liable individually, or for which any two or more infringers are liable jointly and severally, in a sum of not less than $250 or more than $10,000 as the court considers just. For the purposes of this subjection, all the parts of a compilation or derivative work constitute one work.

(2) In case where the copyright owner sustains the burden of proving, and the court finds, that infringement was committed willfully, the court in its discretion may increase the award of statutory damages to a sum of not more than $50,000. In a case where the infringer sustains the burden of proving, and the court finds, that such infringer was not aware and had no reason to believe that his or her acts constituted an infringement of copyright, the court it its discretion may reduce the award of statutory damages to a sum of not less than $100. The court shall remit statutory damages in any case where an infringer believed and had reasonable grounds for believing that his or her use of the copyrighted work was a fair use under section 107, if the infringer was: (i) an employee or agent of a nonprofit educational institution, library, or archives acting within the scope of his or her employment who, or such institution, library, or archives itself, which infringed by reproducing the work in copies or phonorecords; or (ii) a public broadcasting entity which or a person who, as a regular part of the nonprofit activities of a public broadcasting entity (as defined in subsection (g) of section 118) infringed by performing a published nondramatic literaty work or by reproducing a transmission program embodying a performance of such a work.

Sec. 505. // 17 USC 505. // Remedies for infringement: Costs and attorney's fees

In any civil action under this title, the court in its discretion may allow the recovery of full cost by or against any party other than the United States or an officer thereof. Except as otherwise provided by this title, the court may also award a reasonable attorney's fee to the prevailing party as part of the costs.

Sec. 506. // 17 USC 506. // Criminal offenses

(a) Criminal Infringement.--Any person who infringes a copyright willfully and for purposes of commercial advantage or private financial gain shall be fined not more than $10,000 or imprisoned for not more than one year, or both: Provided, however, That any person who infringes willfully and for purposes of commercial advantage or private financial gain the copyright in a sound recording afforded by subsections (1), (2), or (3) of section 106 or the copyright in a motion picture afforded by subsections (1),(3), or (4) of section 106 shall be fined not more than $25,000 or imprisoned for not more than one year, or both, for the first such offense and shall be fined not more than $50,000 or imprisoned for not more than two years, or both, for any subsequent offense.

(b) Forefeiture and Destruction.--When any person is convicted of any violation of subsection (a), the court in its judgment of conviction shall, in addition to the penalty therein prescribed, order the forfeiture and destruction or other disposition of all infringing copies or phonorecords and all implements, devices, or equipment used in the manufacture of such infringing copies or phonorecords.

(c) Fraudulent Copyright Notice.--Any person who, with fraudulent intent, places on any article a notice of copyright or words of the same purport that such person knows to be false, or who, with fraudulent intent, publicly distributes or imports for public distribution any article bearing such notice or words that such person knows to be false, shall be fined not more than $2,500.

(d) Fraudulent Removal of Copyright Notice.--Any person who, with fraudulent intent, removes or alters any notice of copyright appearing on a copy of a copyrighted work shall be fined not more than $2,500.

(e) False Representation.--Any person who knowingly makes a false representation of a material fact in the application for copyright registration provided for by section 409, or in any written statement filed in connection with the application, shall be fined not more than $2,500.

Sec. 507. // 17 USC 507. // Limitations on actions

(a) Criminal Proceedings.--No criminal proceeding shall be maintained under the provisions of this title unless it is commenced within three years after the cause of action arose.

(b) Civil Actions.--No civil action shall be maintained under the provisions of this title unless it is commenced within three years after the claim accrued.

Sec. 508. // 17 USC 508. // Notification of filing and determination of actions

(a) Within one month after the filing of any action under this title, the clerks of the courts of the United States shall send written notification to the Register of Copyrights setting forth, as far as is shown by the papers filed in the court, the names and addresses of the parties and the title, author, and registration number of each work involved in the action. If any other copyrighted work is later included in the action by amendment, answer, or other pleading, the clerk shall also send a notification concerning it to the Register within one month after the pleading is filed.

(b) Within one month after any final order or judgement is issued in the case, the clerk of the court shall notify the Register of it, sending with the notification a copy order or judgement together with the written opinion, if any, of the court.

(c) Upon receiving the notifications specified in this section, the Register shall make them a part of the public records of the Copyright Office.

Sec. 509. // 17 USC 509. // Seizure and forfeiture

(a) All copies or phonorecords manufactured, reproduced, distributed, sold, or otherwise used, intended for use, or possessed with intent to use in violation of section 506(a), and all plates, molds, matrices, masters, tapes, film negatives, or other articles by means of which such copies or phonorecords may be reproduced, and all electronic, mechanical, or other devices for manufacturing, reproducing, or assembling such copies or phonorecords may be seized and forfeited to the United States.

(b) The applicable procedures relating to (i) the seizure, summary and judicial forfeiture, and condemnation of vessels, vehicles, merchandise, and baggage for violations of the customs laws contained in title 19, // 19 USC 1 et seq. // (ii) the disposition of such vessels, vehicles, merchanise, and baggage or the proceeds from the sale thereof, (iii) the remission or mitigation of such forfeiture, (iv) the compromise of claims, and (v) the award of compensation to informers in respect of such forfeitures, shall apply to seizures and forfeitures incurred, or alleged to have been incurred, under the provisions of this section, insofar as applicable and not inconsistent with the provisions of this section; except that such duties as are imposed upon any officer or employee of the Treasury Department or any other person with respect to the seizure and forfeiture of vessels, vehicles, merchandise; and baggage under the provisions of the customs laws contained in title 19 shall be performed with respect to seizure and forfeiture of all articles described in subsection (a) by such officers, agents, or other persons as may be authorized or designated for that purpose by the Attorney General.

Sec. 510. // 17 USC 510. // Remedies for alteration of programing by cable systems

(a) In any action filed pursuant to section 111(c)(3), the following remedies shall be available:

(1) Where an action is brought by a party identified in subsections (b) or (c) of section 501, the remedies provided by sections 502 through 505, and the remedy provided by subsection (b) of this section; and

(2) When an action is brought by a party identified in subsection (d) of section 501, the remedies provided by sections 502 and 505, together with any actual damages suffered by such party as a result of the infringement, and the remedy provided by subsection (b) of this section.

(b) In any action filed pursuant to section 111(c)(3), the court may decree that, for a period not to exceed thirty days, the cable system shall be deprived of the benefit of a compulsory license for one or more distant signals carred by such cable system.

Chapter 6.--MANUFACTURING REQUIREMENTS AND IMPORTATION
Sec. 601. Manufacture, importation, and public distribution of certain copies. 602. Infringing importation of copies or phonorecords. 603. Importation progibitions: Enforecement and disposition of excluded articles.

Sec. 601. // 17 USC 601. // Manufacture, importation, and public distribution of certain copies

(a) Prior to July 1, 1982, and except as provided by subsection (b), the importation into or public distribution in the United States of copies of a work consisting preponderantly of nondramtic literaty material that is in the English language and is protected under this title is prohibited unless the portions consisting of such material have been manufactured in the United States or Canada.

(b) The provisions of subsection (a) do not apply--,

(1) where, on the date when importation is sought or public distribution in the United States is made, the author of any substantial part of such material is neither a national nor a domiciliary of the United States or, if such author is a national of the United States, he or she has been domiciled outside the United States for a continuous period of at least one year immediately preceding that date; in the case of a work made for hire, the exemption provided by this clause does not apply unless a subsustantial part of the work was prepared for an employer or other person who is not a national or domiciliary of the United States or a domestic corporation or enterprise;

(2) where the United States Customs Service is presented with an import statement issued under the seal of the Copyright Office, in which case a total of no more than two thousand copies of any one such work shall be allowed entry; the import statement shall be issued upon request to the copyright owner or to a person designated by such owner at the time of registration for the work under section 408 or at any time thereafter;

(3) where importation is sought under the authority or for the use, other than in schools, of the Government of the United States or of any State or political subdivision of a State;

(4) where importation, for use and not for sale, is sought--,

(A) by any person with respect to no more than one copy of any work at any one time;

(B) by any person arriving from outside the United States, with respect to copies forming part of such person's personal baggage; or

(C) by an organization operated for scholarly, educational, or religious purposes and not for private gain, with respect to copies intended to form a part of its library;

(5) where the copies are reproduced in raised characters for the use of the blind; or

(6) where, in addition to copies imported under clauses (3) and (4) of this subsection, no more than two thousand copies of any one such work, which have not been manufactured in the United States; or

(7) where, on the date when importation is sought or public distribution in the United States is made--,

(A) the author of any substantial part of such material is an individual and receives compensation for the transfer or license of the right to distribute the work in the United States; and

(B) the first publication of the work has previously taken place outside the United States under a transfer or license granted by such author to a transferee or licensee who was not a national or domiciliary of the United States or a domestic corporation or enterprise; and

(C) there has been no publication of an authorized edition of the work of which the copies were manufactured in the United States; and

(D) the copies were reproduced under a transfer or license granted by such author or by the transferee or licensee of the right of first publication as mentioned in subclause (B), and the transferee or the licensee of the right of reproduction was not a national or domiciliary of the United States or a domestic corporation or enterprise.

(c) The requirement of this section that copies be manufactured in the United States or Canada is satisfied if--,

(1) in the case where the copies are printed directly from type that has been set, or directly from plates made from such type, the setting of the type and the making of the plates have been performed in the United States or Canada; or

(2) in the case where the making of plates by by a lithographic or photoengraving process is a final or intermediate step proceding the printing of the copies, the making of the plates has been performed in the United States or Canada; and

(3) in any case, the printing or other final process of producing multiple copies and any binding of the copies have been performed in the United States or Canada.

(d) Importation or public distribution of copies in violation of this section does not invalidate protection for a work under this title. However, in any civil action or criminal proceeding for infringement of the exclusive rights to reproduce and distribute copies of the work, the infringer has a complete defense with respect to all of the nondramatic literary material comprised in the work and any other parts of the work in which the exclusive rights to reproduce and distribute copies are owned by the same person who owns such exclusive rights in the nondramatic literaty material, if the infringer proves--,

(1) that copies of the work have been imported into or publicly distributed in the United States in violation of this section by or with the authority of the owner of such exclusive rights; and

(2) that the infringing copies were manufactured in the United States or Canada in accordance with the provisions of subsection (c); and

(3) that the infringement was commenced before the effective date of registration for an authorized edition of the work, the copies of which have been manufactured in the United States or Canada in accordance with the provisions of subsection (c).

(e) In any action for infringement of the exclusive rights to reproduce and distribute copies of a work containing material required by this section to be manufactured in the United States or Canada, the copyright owner shall set forth in the complaint the names of the persons or organizations who performed the processes specified by subsection (c) with respect to that material, and the places where those processes were performed.

Sec. 602. // 17 USC 602. // Infringing importation of copies or phonorecords

(a) Importation into the United States, without the authority of the owner of copyright under this title, of copies or phonorecords of a work that have been acquired outside the United States is an infringement of the exclusive right to distribute copies or phonorecords under section 106, actionable under section 501. This subsection does not apply to--,

(1) importation of copies or phonorecords under the authority or for the use of the Government of the United States or of any State or political subdivision of a State, but not including copies or phonorecords for use in schools, or copies of any audiovisual work imported for purposes other than archival use;

(2) importation, for the private use of the importer and not for distribution, by any person with respect to no more than one copy or phonorecord of any one work at any one time, or by any person arriving from outside the United States with respect to copies or phonorecords forming part of such person's personal baggage; or

(3) importation by or for an organization operated for scholarly, educational, or religious purposes and not for private gain, with respect to no more than one copy of an audiovisual work solely for its archival purposes, and no more than five copies or phonorecords of any other work for its library lending or archival purposes, unless the importation of such copies or phonorecords is part of an activity consisting of systematic reproduction or distribution, engaged in by such organization in violation of the provisions of section 108(g)(2).

(b) In a case where the making of the copies or phonorecords would have constituted an infringement of copyright if this title had been applicable, their importation is prohibited. In a case where the copies or phonorecords were lawfully made, the United States Customs Service has no authority to prevent their importation unless the provisions of section 601 are applicable. In either case, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to prescribe, by regulation, a procedure under which any person claiming an interest in the copyright in a particular work may, upon payment of a specified fee, be entitled to notification by the Customs Service of the importation of articles that appear to be copies or phonorecords of the work.

Sec. 603. // 17 USC 603. // Importation prohibitions: Enforcement and disposition of excluded articles

(a) The Secretary of the Treasury and the United States Postal Service shall separately or jointly make regulations for the enforcement of the provisions of this title prohibiting importation.

(b) These regulations may require, as a condition for the exclusion of articles under section 602--,

(1) that the person seeking exclusion obtain a court order enjoining importation of the articles; or

(2) that the person seeking exclusion furnish proof, of a specified nature and in accordance with prescribed procedures, that the copyright in which such person claims an interest is valid and that the importation would violate the prohibition in section 602; the person seeking exclusion may also be required to post a surety bond for any injury that may result if the detention or exclusion of the articles proves to be unjustified.

(c) Articles imported in violation of the importation prohibitions of this title are subject to seizure and forfeiture in the same manner as property imported in violation of the customs revenue laws. Forfeited articles shall be destroyed as directed by the Secretary of the Treasury or the court, as the case may be; however, the articles may be returned to the country of export whenever it is shown to the satisfaction of the Secretary of the Treasury that the importer had no reasonable grounds for believing that his or her acts constituted a violation of law.

Chapter 7.--COPYRIGHT OFFICE

Sec.

701. The Copyright Office: General responsiblilties and organization. 702. Copyright Office regulations. 703. Effective date of actions in Copyright Office. Retention and disposition of articles deposited in Copyright Office 705. Copyright Office records: Preparation, maintenance, public inspection, and searching. 706. Copies of Copyright Office records. 707. Copyright Office forms and publications. 708. Copyright Office fees. 709. Delay in delivery caused by disruption of postal or other services. 710. Reproductions for use of the blind and physically handicapped: Voluntary licensing forms and procedures.

Sec. 701. // 17 USC 701. // The Copyright Office: General responibilities and organization

(a) All administrative functions and duties under this title, except as otherwise specified, are the responsibility of the Register of Copyrights as director of the Copyright Office of the Library of Congress. The Register of Copyrights, together with the subordinate officers and employees of the Copyright Office, shall be appointed by the Libratian of Congress, and shall act under the Librarian's general direction and supervision.

(b) The Register of Copyrights shall adopt a seal to be used on and after January 1, 1978, to authenticate all certified documents issued by the Copyright Office.

(c) The Register of Copyrights shall make an annual report to the Librarian of Congress of the work and accomplishments of the Copyright Office during the previous fiscal year. The annual report of the Register of Copyrights shall be published separately and as a part of the annual report of the Librarian of Congress.

(d) Except as provided by section 706(b) and the regulations issued thereunder, all actions taken by the Register of Copyrights under this title are subject to the provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act of June 11, 1946, as amended (c. 324, 60 Stat. 237, title 5, United States Code, Chapter 5, Subchapter II and Chapter 7). // 5 USC 551, 701. 17 USC 702. //

Sec. 702. Copyright Office regulations

The Register of Copyrights is authorized to establish regulations not inconsistent with law for the administration of the functions and duties made the responsibility of the Register under this title. All regulations established by the Register under this title are subject to the approval of the Libratian of Congress.

Sec. 703. // 17 USC 703. // Effective date of actions in Copyright Office

In any case in which time limits are prescribed under this title for the performance of an action in the Copyright Office, and in which the last day of the prescribed period falls on a Saturday, Sunday, holiday, or other nonbusiness day withinthe District of Columbia or the Federal Government, the action may be taken on the next succeeding business day, and is effective as of the date when the period expired. Sec. 704. // 17 USC 704. // Retention and disposition of articles deposited in Copyright Office

(a) Upon their deposit in the Copyright Office under sections 407 and 408, all copies, phonorecords, and indentifying material, including those deposited in connection with claims that have been refused registration, are the property of the United States Government.

(b) In the case of published works, all copies, phonorecords, and identifying material deposited are available to the Library of Congress for its collections, or for exchange or transfer to any other library. In the case of unpublished works, the Library is entitled, under regulations that the Register of Copyrights shall prescribe, to select any deposits for its collections or for transfer to the National Archives of the United States or to a Federal records center, as defined in section 2901 of title 44.

(c) The Register of Copyrights is authorized, for specific or general categories of works, to make a facsimile reproduction of all or any part of the material deposited under section 408, and to make such reproduction a part of the Copyright Office records of the registration, before transferring such material to the Library of Congress as provided by subsection (b), or before destroying or otherwise disposing of such material as provided by subsection (d).

(d) Deposits not selected by the Library under subsection (b), or identifying portions or reproductions of them, shall be retained under the control of the Copyright Office, including retention in Government storage facilities, for the longest period considered practicable and desireable by the Register of Copyrights and the Librarian of Congress. After that period it is within the joint discretion of the Register and the Librarian to order their destruction or other disposition; but, in the case of unpublished works, no deposit shall be knowingly or intentionally destroyed or otherwise disposed of during its term of copyright unless a facsimile reproduction of the entire deposit has been made a part of the Copyright Office records as provided by subsection (c).

(e) The depositor of copies, phonorecords, or identifying material under section 408, or the copyright owner of record, may request retention, under the control of the Copyright Office, of one or more of such articles for the full term of copyright in the work. The Register of Copyrights shall prescribe, by regulation, the conditions under which such requests are to be made and granted, and shall fix the fee to be charged under section 708(a)(11) if the request is granted.

Sec. 705. // 17 USC 705. // Copyright Office records: Preparation, maintenance, public inspection, and searching

(a) The Register of Copyrights shall provide and keep in the Copyright Office records of all deposits, registrations, recordations, and other actions taken under this title, and shall prepare indexes of all such records.

(b) Such records and indexes, as well as the articles deposited in connection with completed copyright registrations and retained under the control of the Copyright Office, shall be open to public inspection.

(c) Upon request and payment of the fee specified by section 708, the Copyright Office shall make a search of its public records, indexes, and deposits, and shall furnish a report of the information they disclose with respect to any particular deposits, registrations, or recored documents.

Sec. 706. // 17 USC 706. // Copies of Copyright Office records

(a) Copies may be made of any public records or indexes of the Copyright Office; additional certificates of copyright registration and copies of any public records or indexes may be furnished upon request and payment of the fees specified by section 708.

(b) Copies or reproductions of deposited articles retained under the control of the Copyright Office shall be authorized or furnished only under the conditions specified by the Copyright Office regulations.

Sec. 707. // 17 USC 707. // Copyright Office forms and publications

(a) Catalog of Copyright Entries.--The Register of Copyrights shall compile and publish at periodic intervals catalogs of all copyright registrations. These catalogs shall be divided into parts in accordance with the various classes of works, and the Register has discretion to determine, on the basis of practicability and usefulness, the form and frequency of publication of each particular part.

(b) Other Publications.--The Register shall furnish, free of charge upon request, application forms for copyright registration and general informational material in connection with the functions of the Copyright Office. The Register also has the authority to publish compilations of information, bibliographies, and other material he or she considers to be of value to the public.

(c) Distribution of Publications.--All publications of the Copyright Office shall be furnished to depository libraries as specified under section 1905 of title 44, and, aside from those furnished free of charge, shall be offered for sale to the public at prices based on the cost of reproduction and distribution.

Sec. 708. // 17 USC 708. // Copyright Office fees

(a) The following fees shall be paid to the Register of Copyrights:

(1) for the registration of a copyright claim or a supplementary registration under section 408, including the issuance of a certificate of registration, $10;

(2) for the registration of a claim to renewal of a subsisting copyright in its first term under section 304(a), including the issuance of a certifecate of registration, $6;

(3) for the issuance of a receipt for a deposit under section 407, $2;

(4) for the recordation, as provided by section 205, of a transfer of copyright ownership or other document of six pages or less, covering no more than one title, $10,;for each page over six and each title over one, 50 cents additional;

(5) for the filing, under section 115(b), of a notice of intention to make phonorecords, $6;

(6) for the recordation, under section 302(c), of a statement revealing the identity of an author of an anonymous or pseudonymous work, or for the recordation, under section 302(d), of a statement relating to the death of an author, $10 for a document of six pages or less, covering no more than one title; for each page over six and for each title over one, $1 additional;

(7) for the issuance, under section 601, of an import statement, $3;

(8) for the issuance, under section 7o6, of an additional certifiecate of registration, $4;

(9) for the issuance of any other certification, $4; the Register of Copyrights has discretion, on the basis of their cost, to fix the fees for preparing copies of Copyright Office records, whether they are to be certified or not;

(10) for the making and reporting of a search as provided by section 705, and for any related services, $10 for each hour or fraction of an hour consumed;

(11) for any other special services requiring a substantial amount of time or expense, such fees as the register of Copyrights may fix on the basis of the cost of providing the service.

(b) The fees prescribed by or under this section are applicable to the United States Government and any of its agencies, employees, or officers, but the Register of Copyrights has discretion to waive the requirement of this subsection in occasional or isolated cases involving relatively small amounts.

(c) The Register of Copyrights shall deposit all fees in the Treasury of the United States in such manner as the Secretary of the Treasury directs. The Register may, in accordance with regulations that he or she shall prescribe, refund any sum paid by mistake or in excess of the fee required by this section; however, before making a refund in any case involving a refusal to register a claim under section 410(b), the Register may deduct all or any part of the prescribed registration fee to cover the reasonable administrative costs of processing